MCCB Brochure

ADVANCED AND EVER ADVANCING
MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS &

EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
30ⵑ1600A FRAME
NATIONAL
ACCREDITATION
00
OF CERTIFICATION
ISO 9001 BODIES
A
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,
which produces these products, is certified as meeting
the ISO14001 environmental management system standard.
CONTENTS CONTENTS
Contents 2~ 3
Introduction 4~ 5
Rapid Progress 6~ 7
Development 8
Evolution 9
Superiority 10
Model Naming 11
Series Outline 12
Series Ratings 13
Specifications
Molded-case circuit breakers
MCCB NF-C 14~ 15
MCCB NF-S 16~ 23
MCCB NF-U 24~ 25
Earth-leakage circuit breakers
ELCB NV-C 26~ 27
ELCB NV-S 28~ 31
Miniature circuit breakers
BH 32~ 35
Motor Protection
MCCB MB 36
ELCB MN 37
Others
ELR & ZCT 38~ 39
Circuit Protector CP 40
Special Purpose Breakers

M a g O n l y, D C - U s e a n d D S N - T y p e 41
4 0 0 H z - U s e, L o w - I n s t a n t a n e o u s a n d
Generator-Protection 42
Connection
Types and Accessories 43
2
CONTENTS CONTENTS
Accessories
Internal Accessories
C a s s e t t e - T y p e, B u i l t - I n 44
MCCB Maximum number of accessories 45~46
ELCB Maximum number of accessories 47~49
N e w p r o d u c t s, o p t i o n s, e t c . 50~55
External Accessories
Electrically operated 56~59
Mechanical interlocks 60~62
Operating handles 63~67
Terminal covers 68~69
Characteristics
MCCB 70~85
ELCB 86~94
BH 95~96
CP 97
Dimensions
MCCB 98~112
ELCB 113~118
BH 119
Comparison between New and Former Models

Compatibility 120~122
Other changes 123~127
Dimensions 128~133
Ordering Information 134
Safety tip: Be sure to read the instruction manual thoroughly before using these products.
3
Circuit Breakers for the 21st Century
The completion of a full line-up of PSS breakers
As the leading manufacturer of circuit breakers, Mitsubishi

Electric has long developed products to fit the needs of the era.
With the completion of the Progressive Super Series (PSS) circuit
breakers covering 400~800 Ampere frame(AF), we can now offer a
full complement of PSS models from 30~800AF. With our advanced
technology and know-how, we’re already anticipating the
needs of the next era by producing new circuit breakers for the
21st century: PSS circuit breakers.
RAPID PROGRESS DEVELOPMENT

21st century functions Ease of use
Mitsubishi Electric is pioneering new technology The new circuit breakers are easier to use than
that will take us into the 21st century. One such ever before. The module types have been simpli-
technology is the new digital display unit for circuit fied to just two sizes, allowing easier board design
condition. In keeping with the era’s needs, it per- standardization and rationalization. The cassette
mits energy management. As such, it can be justly accessories also make replacement a simple, one-
described as a circuit breaker with a brain, a new touch operation.
type of intelligent breaker for the next century.
EVOLUTION SUPERIORITY
Technology Breaker with a brain
To reflect a variety of uses and applications, the The new digital Electronic Trip Relay (ETR), the
line-up has been further expanded. This new com- brain of the circuit breaker, ensures accurate pro-
prehensive line-up answers the demands of the tection of the circuit. Using advanced digital tech-
era for models with high specifications for a range nology, Mitsubishi has succeeded in creating a
of purposes and applications. new type of electronic circuit breaker, and realized
a new level of safety and reliability.
4
Full Scale Progressive Super Series
Packed with Mitsubishi’s 21st century technology.

Circuit breakers with advanced intelligence are now available.
Technology continues to evolve toward the 21st century.

The consumption of electric power increases as well, demanding from
circuit breakers new levels of functionality, flexibility, power- and
space-saving. To answer the requirements of the era, we have realized
a new level of harmony between breaker and measuring component.
We have created a new generation of breakers, which are without
equal to any previously produced models. Mitsubishi Electric is proud
to announce the newest evolution in circuit breakers for the 21st
century, combining new levels of superiority and reliability.
Progressive Super Series
Caution: Before installing these circuit breakers, it is recommended that their safe and correct usage be studied with a thorough reading of the “Handling and Maintenance” guidebook.
5
The circuit breaker incorporates a digital Measuring
Display Unit (MDU). It can measure and display a range
of circuit condition data for more efficient energy
management.
Display
Measuring and displaying the load current, line
Measuring display item 400AF 630AF 800AF
Load current
voltage, electric power, electric energy, harmonic Present value, demand value,
current (3rd, 5th, 7th and total) enables energy maximum demand value
control. Line voltage
Present value, demand value,
maximum demand value
Harmonic current (3rd, 5th, 7th and total)
Electric power
Monitoring
The LED lights when it monitors the following alarm
Electric energy
Electric energy, electric energy (hourly value)
maximum electric energy (hourly value)
output from the circuit breaker. Power factor
•PAL: Pre-alarm Present value
•OVER: Overload alarm
6
Maintenance
•Measures and displays the cause,short-circuit current
of the fault and the fault load current (overload current).
•Even when the control power is cut, the fault’s cause
and electric energy are stored in EEPROM.
•The maximum demand value of the load current,
electric power and time of occurence are stored in
EEPROM. This is helpful for locating the peak time for
energy use.
Installation Installed on the circuit breaker.
•The measuring VT and CT are installed within the

circuit breaker, thus offering savings on space and
wiring.
• The measuring display unit can be installed on the
circuit breaker or onto the panel.
Applicable models: NF400-SEPM/HEPM, NF630-SEPM/HEPM,

NF800-SEPM/HEPM
Installed on the panel.
Panel
7
DEVELOPMENT
In the pursuit of ever easier operation, the modules are
now unified into just five types––allowing
rationalization and standardization of the panel design.
Standardized to five module types ELCB

•PSS breakers (30~800AF) are standardized to five sizes. MCCB
30/50AF 100AF 160/250AF 400AF 630/800AF
•MCCBs = ELCBs
•Thermal-magnetic type = Electric-trip relay type
Panel cut-out design unified to include 30~800A frame

•Two types of panel cut-out are available.
•All are symmetric with the center line.
NF400-SP NV400-CP
Cassette-type accessories
• Cassette-type accessories ensure
Installation
flexibility when upgrading circuits.
Ordering is easy, and installation is one-
touch simple—and safe too thanks to
the insulated cassette design.
Fits all breaker series

The alarm switch (AL), auxiliary switch
(AX), shunt trip (SHT), and undervoltage
trip (UVT) all come as cassette-type 1. Push the trip 2. Loosen the front 3. Open the front 4. Install the 5. Close the front
accessories to suit all breaker series button (PTT) to cover screws. cover. cassette. cover and tighten
trip the breaker. the screws.
(types). Choose from two options: lead
or lead-wire terminal block. Caution. •Always ensure the breaker is tripped when installing accessories.
•Please entrust installation to an experienced person.
•Please refer to the instruction manual in the box.
8
EVOLUTION
PSS now has improved performance and safety
because of IEC60947-2 compliance.
•In order to conform to IEC60947-2, •Earth-leakage circuit breakers also

molded-case circuit breakers are conform to IEC60947-2
now standard.
Ics = 100%Icu S"Suitable

tandardized as
for Isolation" and
•The SP, SEP, and HEP types in the 400~800AF offer
Ics = 100%Icu . despatching
The IEC60947-2 specifies the Icu (rated ultimate short-
circuit) and Ics (rated service short-circuit) breaking The load dispatching point for supply disconnecting
capacities to the following two types: devices is regulated according to the EC’s machine
Icu: O-CO directives, European Standards EN60204-1 “Electrical
Ics: O-CO-CO Components of Mechanical Equipment Part1—
The rise in temperature after breaking test is also General Matters.”
regulated. For circuit breakers, the breaker’s function is suitable
for isolation.
Utilization category "B"

All electronic-type models (400~1250AF) satisfy Utili- Isolation symbol
Note 1: 400~800AF are suitable for isolation
(excluding 4-pole models).
Note 2: For breakers under 250AF, please
contact us for details.
zation category "B". Utilization category is a regulation
on application with respect to selectivity.
Utilization category A: Circuit breakers not specifically
intended for selectivity under short-circuit conditions.
Class II insulation (IEC 664)
The handle is double insulated to make it safer than
Such breakers do not have a short-time withstand
current rating. ever. (Even if the handle is damaged, the insulation is
Utilization category B: Circuit breakers specifically secure.)
intended for selectivity under short-circuit conditions.
Such breakers have a short-time withstand current
rating.
9
SUPERIORITY
A microcomputer and Mitsubishi’s original IC realize a
new high level of safety
Safer and more reliable power

Digital current evaluation delivers a higher
Improved protection against
fluctuations in the load current
level of protection Coordinated
Pre-alarm indication LED
Load-current Over-current
Electronic device loads, such as inverters, distort the protection from indication LED (70%) indication LED
current waveform. Our electronic breakers use a multiple (6) tripping Instantaneous
digital detector to measure the current’s effective characteristics
tripping current l
Current
value and minimize overload tripping errors. This The user has a setting Ir
Pre-aram
current lp
enables precise protection of the circuit. Long time-delay
choice of six different operating time TL Short time-delay
Short time-delay operating time Ts
Load current items as tripping tripping current Is
characteristics with Choose from six tripping characteristics

the multiple 1 104
Current setting Ir Switch

with fuse
coordinated 1 103 High-voltage fuse-
Allowable short-time
IP
High
voltage
characteristics
protection method. 1 102
TL Low
voltage
Long-delay operating time
Better protection can
Time (sec)
Pre-alarm 10
Transformer
current Short-delay NFB

(electronic)
be obtained between 1
tripping current lS M
Digital current evaluation circuitry. Load current Short-delay

operating time
Load
high-voltage fuse, 0. 1
TS
ll
Instantaneous tripping current
CV: Constant
Sampling and OCR and low-voltage 0. 01
voltage A/D 10 10 2 10 3
circuit conversion fuse. Current (A) Current-converted value

on the high-voltage side
Power-side terminal I: Instantaneous
circuit
Improved protection and safety

Breaking mechanism
Trip coil PSS: Phase-
selection
Custom IC sampling
Microcomputer circuit
CT
SS/W: Short-delay Neutral-pole overload protection for 4-pole
Rectifying circuit
CV
Calculating the
CT
I Trigger circuit digitally electronic circuit breakers
CT effective value
A/D
converter
SS/W Over-current
Four-pole MCCBs are equipped with a neutral-pole
CT
PSS
LS/W
indication LED overload protection circuit. It prevents burn-out in a
Pre-alarm
CPU
indication LED 3ø4w circuit which is prone to distorted third-harmonic
PS/W
WDT Pre-alarm
output
current flows.
Input and Processing the
output
LS/W: Long-delay long time-delay
Test input Characteristic
setting part PS/W: Pre-alarm pre-alarm
Load-side terminal
WDT: Watchdog characteristics L C R N
Load-current indication LED (70%) timer circuit
Aanticipates
larm
lsarmfunction
functionmonitors
monitorsand
interruptions
and Portable tester facilitates
checking and maintenance
Standard pre-alarm system lights LED and The separately sold portable tester allows the user to
outputs signal check the four characteristics shown below on location:
PSS electronic MCCBs feature a pre-alarm function
as standard. The preferential alarm predicts an 1. Long-delay tripping
overload condition in the breaker before it trips. When 2. Short-delay tripping
the load current exceeds the set pre-alarm current, it 3. Instantaneous tripping
outputs a pre-alarm signal (from the solid-state relay) 4. Pre-alarm characteristics
and lights the LED.
The pre-alarm module (with contact output) is optional with LEDs for load current, pre-alarm and over-current
electronic molded-case and earth-leakage circuit breakers. show the operating status.
10
MODEL NAMING
MODEL NAMING
M C C B s
NF -C Economy ty pe
Molded-case circuit breakers NF -S Standard ty pe
NF -U Ultra current-limiting type
BH-S / PS NEMA type for consumer units
BH-type miniature circuit breakers (MCB s)
BH-D DIN type for consumer units
Motor breaker MB MCCB for motor protection
Circuit protector CP Circuit breaker for equipment
E L C B s
NV -C Economy ty pe
Ear th-leakage circuit breakers NV -S Standard ty pe
NV -U Ultra current-limiting type
Motor breaker MN ELCB for motor protection
NV-ZB Electrical self-holding type
Earth-leakage relay NV -Z S Mechanical self-holding type
NV-ZU Upstream interlock relay
11
SERIES OUTLINE
Molded-case circuit breakers MCCB
NF-C Economy type NF-S Standard type NF-U Ultra
type
current-limiting
MB Motor breaker type
Basic model designed Standard model for wide range of Current limiting-type ultra MCCB for motor
for cost performance applications. breaker. protection
Earth-leakage circuit breakers ELCB

Ultra current-limiting
NV-C Economy type NV-S Standard type NV-U type MN Motor breaker type
Basic model designed Standard model for wide range of Current limiting-type ultra ELCB for motor
for cost performance applications. breaker. protection
Miniature circuit breakers MCB Circuit protectors CP

BH BH-P BH-S BH-PS BH-D6 BV-D KB-D CP30-BA CP-B CP-S
DIN-series for
NEMA-type for consumer unit For equipment
general consumer unit
12
SERIES RATINGS
Molded-case circuit breaker
AF
Series
30 50 60 100 160 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600
NF-C NF30-CS NF50-CP NF60-CP NF100-CP ---- NF250-CP NF400-CP NF630-CP NF800-CEP ---- ---- ----
NF100-SP NF250-SP NF400-SP NF630-SP NF800-SDP NF1000-SS NF1250-SS NF1600-SS

---- NF160-SP
NF50-HP
NF100-SEP NF250-SEP NF400-SEP NF630-SEP NF800-SEP NF1000-SSD NF1250-SSD NF1600-SSD
NF-S NF30-SP
NF100-HP NF250-HP NF400-HEP NF630-HEP NF800-HEP ---- ---- ----
NF60-HP NF160-HP
NF50-HRP
NF100-HEP NF250-HEP NF400-REP NF630-REP NF800-REP ---- ---- ----
NF100-RP NF225-RP
NF-U ---- ---- ---- ---- NF400-UEP NF630-UEP NF800-UEP ---- NF1250-UR ----
NF100-UP NF225-UP
Earth-leakage circuit breaker

AF
Series
30 50 60 100 225 400 630 800
NV-C NV30-CS NV50-CP NV60-CP NV100-CP NV225-CP NV400-CP NV630-CP ----
NV100-SP NV225-SP NV400-SP NV630-SP

---- ---- NV800-SEP
NV100-SEP NV225-SEP NV400-SEP
NV-S NV30-SP NV630-SEP
NV100-HP NV225-HP NV400-HEP
NV50-HP NV60-HP NV800-HEP
NV100-HEP NV225-HEP NV400-REP NV630-HEP
Miniature circuit breaker DIN series

AF 60 and less 100 and less AF 63 and less
BH
MCB BH-D6
BH-P
BH RCCB BV-D
BH-S ----
Isolating KB-D
BH-PS ---- Switch
Motor breaker
AF 30 50 60 100 225
MB50-CP
MB MB30-SP ---- MB100-SP MB225-SP
MB50-SP
Motor breaker (with earth-leakage) Circuit protectors

AF 30 50 60 100 225 AF 30 and less
MN50-CP CP30-BA
MN MN30-CS ---- MN100-SP MN225-SP CP CP-B

MN50-SP
CP-S
13
SPECIFICATIONS
MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
MCCBS NF-C Series ( Economy type )

Frame (A) 30 50 60 100 250
NF100-CP T/A✳1 NF250-CP T/A✳1
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NF30-CS NF50-CP NF60-CP NF100-CP NF250-CP
Photo
15~20, 20~25,
3, 5, 10, (10) (15) (20) (30) 125,150, 100~125, 125~160,
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 30°C✳2 3, 5, 10, 50, 60, 25~40, 40~63,
15, 20, 30, (40) (50) 60 175,200, 150~200, 200~250
(T/A: at ambient temperature 40°C) 15, 20, 30 75, 100 63~80, 80~100
40, 50 ✳5 225,250 adjustable
adjustable
Number of poles 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
AC 500 600 600 600 60 0 600 600
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
DC — 250 ✳3 — 250 ✳3 — 250 ✳3 — — 250 ✳3 — —
690V — — — — — — —
500V — 2.5/1 2.5/1 7.5/4 7.5/4 10/5 10/5
Rated AC 440V 1.5/1.5 (415V) 2.5/1 2.5/1 10/5 10/5 15/8 15/8
IEC60947-2
breaking
(Icu/Ics) 400V 1.5/1.5 (380V) 5/2 5/ 2 10/5 10/5 18/9 18/9
capacity (kA)
230V 2.5/2 (240V) 5/2 5/2 25/13 25/13 30/15 30/15
DC 250V — 2.5/1 — 2.5/1 — 7.5/4 — — 10/5 — —
Utilization category A A A A A A A
Reverse connection — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 4 6 6 6 6 6 6
Pollution degree 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ca a 45 67.5 50 75 50 75 60 90 90 1 05 105
a c
b 96 130 130 155 155 1 65 165
Dimensions (mm)
b c 52 68 68 68 68 68 68
ca 67 90 90 90 90 90 90
Mass kg 0.25 0.35 0.45 0.65 0.45 0.65 0.7 1.0 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.5 1.3 1.5
Screw terminal ● ● ● ● ● ● ✳4 ● ✳4
Front (F) Solderless terminal — — — ● ● ● ●
Bus bar terminal — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Installation Rear (B) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
and
connection Flush (FP) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear (PM) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) — — — — — ● ●
Front (DPM) — ● ● ● ● — —
Alarm switch (AL) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Cassette-type Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
accessories
✳6 Shunt trip (SHT) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Accessory
With lead-wire terminal block ( LT) ● — — — — — —
connections
With flying leads ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) — — — — — — —
accessories — — — — — — —
(S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Waterproof (W) — — ● — ● — ● ● ● ●
Electrical operation device (MD) — — — — ● ● ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle (HL) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle lock
lock (HL-S) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
device Lock cover (LC) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(V) — — — ● ● ● ●
External Door mounting (S) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
External
operating (SS) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
accessories
handle Mounted on (R) — — — ● ● ● ●
breaker (F) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Insulating Between phase (BA-F) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
barrier To ground (BA-G) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Small (TC-S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal
Transparent (TTC) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
cover
For rear connection (BTC) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
For plug-in (PTC) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Adapter for IEC 35mm rail ● ● ● ● ● — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● ● ● ● — — —
Automatic tripping device Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic
Trip button — Equipped
✳ 1. T/A Thermal adjustable.

✳ 2. Rating at 40°C is also available. Please specify when ordering.
✳ 3. Specify if for DC use.
✳ 4. Bolt terminal.
✳ 5. NF60-CP with an ampere rating of 50A and below have the same construction as NF50-CP.
14 ✳ 6. Cassette-type accessories are not acceptable for NF30-CS.
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 400 630 800

Type NF400-CP NF630-CP NF800-CEP
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 40°C 250, 300, 350, 400 500, 600, 630 400~800 adjustable
Number of poles 2 3 2 3 3
AC 60 0 600 600
DC 250 ✳1 — 250 ✳1 — —
690V — — —
500V 15/8 18/9 18/9
440V 25/13 36/18 36/18
Rated breaking IEC60947-2 AC 415V 36/18 36/18 36/18
capacity (kA) (Icu/Ics) 400V 36/18 36/18 36/18
380V 40/20 40/20 40/20
230V 50/25 50/25 50/25
DC 250V 20/10 — 20/10 — —
Utilization category A A B
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) — — 9.6
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8
Pollution degree 3 3 3
Reverse connection ● ● ●
ca a 140 210 210
a c
b 257 275 275
Dimensions (mm)
b c 103 103 103
ca 134 155 155
Mass (kg) 4.7 5.5 8.0 9.4 10.9
Screw terminal — — —
Front (F) Solderless terminal ● ● ●
Bus bar terminal ● ● ●
Installation Rear (B) ● ● ●
and
connection Flush (FP) ● ● ●
Rear (PM) ● ● ●
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) — — —
Front (DPM) — — —
Alarm switch (AL) ● ● ●
Cassette-type Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ●
accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ● ●
With lead-wire ● ● ●
Accessory (SLT)
terminal block
connections
With flying leads ● ● ●
Pre-alarm ● ✳2
Built-in (PAL) — —
contact output
accesories
Trip Indicator (TI) — — ●
(S) — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● ● ●
Waterproof (W) ● ● ●
Motor- ● ● ●
Electrical (MD)
operated type
operation
device Spring- ● ● ●
( M DS)
charge type
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ●
Handle lock Handle lock ● ● ●
device ( H L -S)
Lock cover (LC) — — —
External (V) ● ● ●
accesories External Door mounting (S) ● ● ●
operating (SS) ● ● ●
handle Mounted on (R) ● ● ●
breaker (F) ● ● ●
Insulating Between phase (BA-F) ● ● ●
barrier To ground (BA-G) ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● ●
Small (TC-S) — — —
Terminal
cover Transpararent (TTC) ● ● ●
For rear connection (BTC) ● ● ●
For plug-in (PTC) ● — —
Adapter for IEC35mm rail — — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● ● ●
Automatic tripping device Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Electronic
Trip button Equipped
✳1. Specify if for DC use.

✳2. Solid state relay output is option. Please specify if contact output is necessary. (Standard type is thus SLT equipped.)
15
SPECIFICATIONS
MCCBS NF-S Series ( Standard type )

Frame (A) 30 50 60 100
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NF30-SP NF50-HP NF50-HRP NF60-HP NF100-SP NF100-SP T/A✳1
Photo
(10) (15) (20) 15,20,30, 15~20,20~25,

Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 3,5,10, 10,15,20, 15,20, 25~40,40~63,
(30) (40) (50) 60 40,50,60,
30°C✳2 (T/A: at ambient temperature 40°C) 15,20,30 30,40,50 30,40,50 63~80,80~100
✳4 75,100 adjustable
Number of poles 2 3 2 3 4 2 3 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4
AC 600 600 690 600 690 690
DC 250✳3 — 250✳3 — 250✳3 — 250✳3 — 250✳3 — —
690V — — 2.5/1 — — —
500V 2.5/1 7.5/4 20/10 7.5/4 15/8 15/8
Rated breaking AC 440V 2.5/1 1 0/ 5 30/15 1 0/ 5 25/13 25/13
IEC60947-2 (Icu/Ics)
capacity (kA) 400V 5/2 10/5 30/15 1 0/ 5 30/15 30/15
230V 5/2 25/13 85/43 25/13 50/25 50/25
DC 250V 2.5/1 — 7.5/4 — 40/20 — 7.5/4 — 15/8 — —
Utilization category A A A A A A
Reverse connection ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 6 6 6 6 6 6
Pollution degree 2 2 2 2 2 2
ca a 50 75 50 75 100 90 50 75 100 60 90 120 90 120
a c
b 130 130 155 130 155 155
Dimensions (mm)
b c 68 68 68 68 68 68
ca 90 90 90 90 90 90
Mass kg 0.45 0.65 0.55 0.75 1.0 0.8 1.1 0.55 0.75 1.0 0.75 1. 1 1.4 0.75 1.1 1.4
Screw terminal ● ● ● ● ● ●
Front (F) Solderless terminal — — ● — ● ●
Bus bar terminal ● ● ● ● ● ●
Installation and Rear (B) ● ● ● ● ● ●
connection Flush (FP) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear (PM) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) — — — — — —
Front (DPM) ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
Alarm switch (AL) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Cassette-type Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ● ● ●
accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Accessory With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ● ●
connections With flying leads ● ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in
Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) — — — — — —
accessories
(S) ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
Waterproof (W) — ● — ● — ● — ● — — ● — ● —
Electrical operation device (MD) — — ● — — ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle lock Handle lock
(HL-S) ● ● ● ● ● ●
device
Lock cover (LC) ● ● ● ● ● ●
(V) — — ● — ● ●
External Door mounting (S) ● ● ● ● ● ●
External
operating (SS) ● ● ● ● ● ●
accessories
handle Mounted on (R) — — ● — ● ●
breaker (F) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Insulating Between phase (BA-F) ● ● ● ● ● ●
barrier To ground (BA-G) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Small (TC-S) ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
Terminal
Transparent (TTC) ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
cover
For rear connection (BTC) ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
For plug-in (PTC) ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
Adapter for IEC 35mm rail ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● ● — ● ● — ● — —
Automatic tripping device Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Thermal, magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic

✳ 4. NF60-HP with an ampere rating of 50A and below have the same construction as NF50-HP
16
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 100 160

NF100-HP T/A✳1 NF160-SP T/A✳1
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NF100-SEP NF100-HP NF100-HEP NF160-SP NF160-HP
Photo
(15-20) 15~20,20~25,25~40,
(15~20), (50), (60), (75), (63~80),100~125, (50), (60), (75),
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 30°C✳2 30-50, 15,20,30, 40,50, 40~63, 63~80,
30~50, 60~100 (100), 125,150 (80~100),125~160 (100), 125,150
(T/A: at ambient temperature 40°C) 60-100 60, 75,100 80~100
adjustable 160 adjustable 160
adjustable adjustable
Number of poles 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4
AC 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
DC — 250✳3 — — — 250✳3 — — 250✳3 —
690V — 5/3 5/3 5/3 — — 5/3
500V 15/8 30/15 30/15 30/15 15/8 15/8 30/8
Rated breaking AC 440V 25/13 50/25 50/25 50/25 25/13 25/13 50/13
capacity (kA) 400V 30/15 50/25 50/25 50/25 30/15 30/15 50/13
230V 50/25 100/50 100/50 100/50 50/25 50/25 100/25
DC 250V — 40/20 — — — 15/8 — — 40/20 —
Reverse connection ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ca a 90 120 90 12 0 90 120 90 120 105 140 10 5 140 105 140
a c
b 155 155 155 155 165 1 65 165
Dimensions (mm)
b c 68 68 68 68 68 68 68
ca 90 90 90 90 92 92 92
Mass Kg 1.2 1.5 0.75 1.1 1.4 0.75 1.1 1.4 1.2 1.5 1.3 1.5 1.9 1.3 1.5 1.9 1.3 1.5 1.9
Screw terminal ● ● ● ● ●✳4 ●✳4 ●✳4
F r o nt
(F) Solderless terminal ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Fixed
Bus bar terminal ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Installation and Rear (B) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
connection Flush (FP) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear (PM) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) — — — — ● ● ●
Front (DPM) — ● — ● — — — — —
accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Undervoltage trip (U VT ) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Accessory With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
connections With flying leads ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) ● ✳5 — — ● ✳5 — — —
accessories
(S) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Waterproof (W) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Electrical operation device (MD) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(HL-S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
device
Lock cover (LC) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(V) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External Door mounting (S ) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External
operating (SS) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
accessories
handle Mounted on (R) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
breaker (F) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Insulating Between phase (BA-F) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
barrier To ground (BA-G) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Small (TC-S) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Terminal Transparent (TTC) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
cover
For rear connection (BTC) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
For plug-in (PTC) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Adapter for IEC 35mm rail ● — ● — ● — ● — — — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) — ● — — — — — — —
Automatic tripping device Electric Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Electronic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic

✳ 5. Solid state relay output is option. Please specify if other output is necessary. (Standard type is thus SLT equipped.)
17
SPECIFICATIONS

Frame (A) 160 250
Type NF160-HP T/A✳1 NF250-SP NF250-SP T/A✳1 NF250-SEP NF250-HP NF250-HP T/A✳1 NF250-HEP
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo
100~125, 100~125,
(63~80), 100~125, 125,150 125~160, 125~160,
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 30°C✳2 125~250 125,150,175, 125~250
(80~100), 125~160 175, 200, 150~200, 150~200,
(T/A: at ambient temperature 40°C) adjustable 200,225,250 adjustable
adjustable 225, 250 200~250 200~250
Number of poles 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 3 4
AC 690
DC — 250✳3 — — — 250✳3 — — —
690V 5/3 — — — 5/ 3 5/3 5/3
500V 30/8 15/8 15/8 15/8 30/8 30/8 30/8
Rated breaking AC 440V 50/13 25/13 25/13 25/13 50/13 50/13 50/13
capacity (kA) 400V 50/13 30/15 30/15 30/15 50/13 50/13 50/13
230V 100/25 50/25 50/25 50/25 100/25 100/25 100/25
DC 250V — 15/8 — — — 40/20 — — —
Reverse connection ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ca a 105 140 105 140 105 140 105 140 105 140 1 05 140 105 140
a c
b 165 165 165 165 165 165 165
Dimensions (mm)
b c 68 68 68 68 68 68 68
ca 92 90 92 92 92 92 92
Mass Kg 1 .3 1.5 1.9 1.3 1.5 1.9 1.3 1.5 1.9 1.6 2.1 1.3 1.5 1.9 1.3 1.5 1.9 1.6 2.1
Screw terminal ●✳4 ●✳4 ●✳4 ●✳4 ●✳4 ●✳4 ●✳4
F r o nt
(F) Solderless terminal ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Fixed
Bus bar terminal ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Installation and Rear (B) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
connection Flush (FP) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear (PM) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Front (DPM) — — — — — — —
accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Accessory With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
connections With flying leads ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) — — — ● ✳5 — — ● ✳5
accessories
(S) — ● — ● — ● — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Waterproof (W) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Electrical operation device (MD) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(HL-S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
device
Lock cover (LC) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(V) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External Door mounting (S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External operating (SS) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
accessories handle Mounted on (R) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
breaker (F) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Insulating Between phase (BA-F) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
barrier To ground (BA-G) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Small (TC-S) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Terminal Transparent (TTC) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
cover For rear
(BTC) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
connection
For plug-in (PTC) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Adapter for IEC 35mm rail — — — — — — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) — — — — — — —
Automatic tripping device Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Electronic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Electronic

✳ 5. Solid state relay output is option. Please specify if other output is necessary. (Standard type is thus SLT equipped.)
18
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 400

Type NF400-SP NF400-SEP NF400-HEP NF400-REP
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo
Rated current In (A) 200~400 200~400 200~400

250, 300, 350, 400
at ambient temperature 40°C adjustable adjustable adjustable
Number of poles 2 3 4 3 4 3 4 3
AC 690 690 690 6 90
DC 250 ✳1 — — — —
690V 10/10 (5/5) ✳3 10/10 (5/5) ✳3 10/10 15/10
500V 30/30 (25/25) ✳3 30/30 (25/25) ✳3 50/50 70/35
440V 42/42 (36/36) ✳3 42/42 (36/36) ✳3 65/65 125/63
Rated AC 415V 45/45 (36/36) ✳3 45/45 (36/36) ✳3 70/70 125/63
IEC60947-2
breaking (Icu/Ics) 400V 45/45 (36/36) ✳3 45/45 (36/36) ✳3 70/70 125/63
capacity (kA)
380V 50/50 (42/42) ✳3 50/50 (42/42) ✳3 70/70 125/63
230V 85/85 (65/65) ✳3 85/85 (65/65) ✳3 100/100 150/75
DC 250V 40/40 — — — —
Utilization category A B B B
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) — 5 5 5
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8 8
Pollution degree 3 3 3 3
Reverse connection ● ● ● ●
ca a 140 185 140 185 140 18 5 140
a c
b 257 257 257 257
Dimensions (mm)
b c 10 3 103 103 1 03
ca 155 155 155 155
Mass (kg) 4.9 5.7 7.5 6 7.8 6 7.8 6
Screw terminal — — — —
Front (F) Solderless terminal ● ● — —
Bus bar terminal ● ● ● ●
Installation Rear (B) ● ● ● ●
and
connection Flush (FP) ● ● ● ●
Rear (PM) ● ● ● ●
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) — — — —
Front (DPM) — — — —
Alarm switch (AL) ● ● ● ●
Cassette-type A ux i l i a ry s w i t c h (AX) ● ● ● ●
accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ● ● ●
Accessory With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ●
connections With flying leads ● ● ● ●
Built-in Pre-alarm contact output (PAL-M ) — ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2
Accessories Trip indicator (TI) — ● ● ●
(S) — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● — ● — — —
Waterproof (W) ● — ● — — —
Motor-oper- ● ● ● ●
Electrical (MD)
ated type
operation
device Spring-charge ● ● ● ●
( M DS)
type
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ●
(HL-S) ● ● ● ●
device
Lock cover (LC) — — — —
(V) ● ● ● ●
External External Door mounting (S) ● ● ● ●
accessories operating (SS) ● ● ● ●
handle Mounted on (R) ● ● ● ●
breaker (F) ● ● ● ●
Between ● ● ● ●
Insulating (B A - F)
phase
barrier
To ground (BA-G) ● ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● — —
Small (TC-S) — — — —
Terminal cover Transparent (TTC) ● ● ● ●
For rear ● ● ●
(BTC) — —
conection
For plug-in (PTC) ● — ● — ● — ●
Adapter for IEC35mm rail — — — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● — ● — ● — ●
Automatic tripping device Thermal, magnetic Electronic Electronic Electronic

✳2. Solid state relay output is option. Please specify if other output is necessary. (Standard type is thus SLT equipped.)
✳3. In case of solderless terminal, interrupting capacity reduces: ( / ).
19
SPECIFICATIONS

Frame (A) 630
Type NF630-SP NF630-SEP NF630-HEP NF630-REP
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo

500, 600, 630
AC 690 690 690 690
DC 250 ✳1 — — — —
690V 10/10 10/10 15/15 20/15
500V 30/30 30/30 50/50 70/35
440V 42/42 42/42 65/65 125/63
Rated AC 415V 45/45 45/45 70/70 125/63
IEC60947-2
breaking (Icu/Ics) 400V 45/45 45/45 70/70 125/63
capacity (kA)
380V 50/50 50/50 70/70 125/63
230V 85/85 85/85 100/100 150/75
DC 250V 40/40 — — — —
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) — 7.6 7.6 7.6
ca a 210 280 210 280 21 0 280 210
a c
b 275 275 275 275
Dimensions (mm)
b c 103 103 103 103
ca 15 5 155 155 155
Mass (kg) 8 .5 9.5 12.5 10.5 13.6 10.5 13.6 10.5
and
Rear (PM) ● ● ● ●
Cassette-type Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ●
Built-in Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) — ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2
(S) — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● — ● — — —
Waterproof (W) ● — ● — — —
Electrical (MD)
ated type
operation
( M DS)
type
(HL) ● ● ● ●
(H L - S) ● ● ● ●
device
(V) ● ● ● ●
Insulating (BA-F)
phase
barrier
Large (TC-L) ● ● ● ●
For rear ● ● ● ●
(BTC)
conection
For plug-in (PTC) — — — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● — ● — ● — ●

20
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 800

Type NF800-SDP NF800-SEP NF800-HEP NF800-REP
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo

(700), 800
Number of poles 2 3 4 3 4 3
AC — 690 690 6 90
DC 250 ✳1 — — —
690V — 10/10 15/15 20/15
500V — 30/30 50/50 70/ 35
440V — 42/42 65/65 125/63
Rated AC 415V — 45/45 70/70 125/63
IEC60947-2
breaking (Icu/Ics) 400V — 45/45 70/70 125/63
capacity (kA)
380V — 50/50 70/70 125/63
230V — 85/85 100/100 150/75
DC 250V 40/40 — — —
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) — 9.6 9.6 9 .6
ca a 210 2 10 280 210 280 210
a c
b 275 275 275 2 75
Dimensions (mm)
b c 10 3 103 103 1 03
ca 155 155 155 155
Mass (kg) 9 10.9 14.2 10.9 14.2 10.9
and
Rear (PM) ● ● ● ●
Built-in Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) — ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2
(S) — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● ● — — —
Waterproof (W) ● ● — — —
Electrical (MD)
ated type
operation
device S pring-charge ● ● ● ●
( M DS)
type
(HL) ● ● ● ●
( H L -S) ● ● ● ●
device
(V) ● ● ● ●
Insulating (BA-F)
phase
barrier
For rear ● ● ● ●
(BTC)
conection
Marine approval (NK, etc.) — ● — ● — ●

21
SPECIFICATIONS

Frame (A) 1000 1250
Type NF1000-SS NF1000-SSD NF1250-SS NF1250-SSD
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo
Rated current In (A) 500-600-700- 600-700-800-

1000 1250
at ambient temperature 40°C 800-900-1000 adjustable 1000-1200-1250 adjustable
AC 690 — 690 —
DC — 250 ✳1 — 250 ✳1
690V 25/13 — 25/13 —
500V 65/33 — 65/33 —
440V 85/43 — 85/43 —
Rated AC 415V — — — —
IEC60947-2
breaking (Icu/Ics) 400V 85/43 — 85/43 —
capacity (kA)
380V — — — —
230V 125/63 — 125/63 —
DC 250V — 40/20 — 40/20
Utilization category B A B A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) 20 — 20 —
ca a 210 280 210 210 280 210
a c
b 406 406 406 406
Dimensions (mm)
b c 140 140 140 140
ca 190 190 190 190
Mass (kg) 23.5 30.7 22 23.5 30.7 22
Front (F) Solderless terminal — — — —
and
Rear (PM) ● — ● —
Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ●
accessories
Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ● ●
Accessory With lead-wire terminal block (LT) ● ● ● ●
Built-in Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) — — — —
Accessories Trip indicator (TI) — — — —
(S) — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● — ● ● — ●
Waterproof (W) ● — ● ● — ●
Electrical (MD)
ated type
operation
( M DS)
type
(HL) ● ● ● ●
(HL-S) — — — —
device
(V) — — — —
External External D o or m o u nt i n g (S) ● ● ● ●
handle Mounted on (R) — — — —
Insulating (BA-F)
phase
barrier
— — —
Terminal cover Transparent (TTC) —
For rear — — —
(BTC) —
conection
Marine approval (NK, etc.) — — — — —
Automatic tripping device Electronic Thermal, magnetic Electronic Thermal, magnetic
22
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 1600
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NF1600-SS NF1600-SSD
Photo
Rated current In (A) 800-1000-1200-

1600
at ambient temperature 40°C 1400-1500-1600 adjustable
Number of poles 3 4 2
AC 690 —
DC — 250 ✳1
690V 25/13 —
500V 65/33 —
440V 85/43 —
Rated AC 415V — —
IEC60947-2
breaking (Icu/Ics) 400V 85/43 —
capacity (kA)
380V — —
230V 125/63 —
DC 250V — 40/20
Utilization category B A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) 20 —
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8
Pollution degree 3 3
Reverse connection ● ●
ca a 210 280 210
a c
b 460 460
Dimensions (mm)
b c 140 140
ca 190 190
Mass (kg) 34.5 41.2 32
Screw terminal — —
Front (F) Solderless terminal — —
Bus bar terminal ● ●
Installation Rear (B) ● ●
an d
connection Flush (FP) ● ●
Rear (PM) — —
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) — —
Front (DPM) — —
Alarm switch (AL) ● ●
Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ●
accessories
Shunt trip (SHT) ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ●
Accessory With lead-wire terminal block (LT) ● ●
connections With flying leads ● ●
Built-in P r e - a l a rm c o n t a c t o u t p ut ( P AL) — —
Accessories Trip indicator (TI) — —
(S) — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) — —
Waterproof (W) — —
Motor-oper- ● ●
Electrical (MD)
ated type
operation
device S pring-charge ● ●
(MDS)
type
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ●
(HL) ● ●
(HL-S) — —
device
Lock cover (LC) — —
(V) — —
External External Door mounting (S) ● ●
accessories operating (SS) ● ●
handle Mounted on (R) — —
breaker (F) ● ●
Between ● ●
Insulating (B A - F)
phase
barrier
To ground (BA-G) ● ●
Large (TC-L) — —
Small (TC-S) — —
Terminal cover Transparent (TTC) — —
For rear — —
( BTC)
conection
For plug-in (PTC) — —
Adapter for IEC35mm rail — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) — —
Automatic tripping device Electronic magnetic
23
SPECIFICATIONS
MCCBS NF-U Series ( Ultra current-limiting type )

Frame (A) 100 225
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NF100-RP NF100-UP NF225-RP NF225-UP
Photo
15,20.30, 15,20,30, 125, 125,

Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 30°C ✳1 40,50,60, 40,50,60, 150,175, 150,175,
75,100 75,100 200,225 200,225
Number of poles 2 3 2 3 4 2 3 2 3 4
AC 690 690 690 690
DC 250 ✳2 — — 250 ✳2 — —
690V — 10/5 — 10/5
500V 42/42 200/200 42/42 200/200
Rated AC 440V 125/125 200/200 125/125 200/200
breaking IEC60947-2 (Icu/Ics)
capacity (kA) 400V 125/125 200/200 125/125 200/200
230V 125/125 200/200 125/125 200/200
DC 250V 40/40 — — 40/40 — —
Utilization category A A A A
ca a 90 90 120 105 105 140
a c
b 216 216 240 240
Dimensions (mm)
b c 68 68 68 68
ca 90 90 92 92
Mass kg 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.8 2.5 3.0 3.2 3.0 3.2 4 .0
Screw terminal ● ● ● ✳3 ● ✳3
Front
Fixed Solderless terminal ● ● ● ●
(F)
Installation and Rear (B) ● ● ● ●
Rear (PM) ● ● — ● ● —
Built-in
Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) — — — —
accessories
(S) — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) — — — —
Waterproof (W) — — — —
Electrical operation device (MD) ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ●
(HL-S) ● ● ● ●
device
Lock cover (LC) ● ● ● ●
(V) — — — —
External Door mounting (S) ● ● ● ●
External operating (SS) ● ● ● ●
accessories handle Mounted on (R) — — — —
Insulating Between phase (BA-F) ● ● ● ●
barrier To ground (BA-G) ● ● ● ●
Small (TC-S) ● ● — ● ● —
Terminal Transparent (TTC) ● ● — ● ● —
cover For rear
(BTC) ● ● — ● ● —
connection
Adapter for IEC 35mm rail — — — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● ● — ● ● —
Automatic tripping device Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic
✳ 1. Rating at 40°C is also available. Please specify when ordering. ✳ 3. Bolt terminal.
24
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 400 630 800 1250

Type NF400-UEP NF630-UEP NF800-UEP NF1250-UR
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo
600-700-800-
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 40°C 200~400 adjustable 300~630 adjustable 400~800 adjustable 1000-1200-1250 adjustable
AC 690 69 0 690 690
DC — — — —
690V 35/35 35/35 35/35 —
500V 170/170 170/170 170/170 85/42
440V 200/200 200/200 200/200 125/65
Rated AC 415V 200/200 200/200 200/200 —
IEC60947-2
breaking (Icu/Ics) 400V 200/200 200/200 200/200 125/65
capacity (kA)
380V 200/200 200/200 200/200 —
230V 200/200 200/200 200/200 170/85
DC 250V — — — —
Utilization category B B B B
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) 5 7.6 9.6 20
ca a 140 280 21 0 280 21 0 280 240 310
a c
b 297 322 32 2 322 406
Dimensions (mm)
b c 200 20 0 200 144
ca 252 25 2 252 194
Mass (kg) 16.7 26.1 25.7 31.9 27.6 33.7 37.2 46.7
Front (F) Solderless terminal — — — —
Rear (B) ● ● ● ●
Installation
an d Flush (FP) ● ● ● ●
connection Rear (PM) ● — ● — — — ● —
Rear with
Plug-in (PM-A) — — — —
auto-trip
Cassette-typ- Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ●
e accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ● ●
With lead-wire ● ● ● ● (LT)
Accessory (SLT)
terminal block
connections
With flying leads ● ● ● ●
Pre-alarm ● ✳1 ● ✳1 ● ✳1 —
Built-in (PAL)
contact output
accesories
Trip Indicator (TI) ● ● ● —
(S) — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) — — — —
Waterproof (W) — — — —
Motor-
Electrical operated (MD) ● ● ● ●
operation type
device Spring-
charge type (MDS) ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ●
(HL-S) ● ● ● —
device
(V) — — — —
External Door
External mounting (S) ● ● ● ●
accesories
operating (SS) ● ● ● ●
handle Mounted on (R) — — — —
Between ● ● ● —
Insulating (BA-F)
phase
barrier
Trans-
Terminal pararent (TTC) — — — —
cover
For rear
connection (BTC) ● ● ● —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● — ● — — — — —
Automatic tripping device Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic
25
SPECIFICATIONS
ELCBS NV-C Series ( Economy type )

Frame (A) 30 50 60 100 225
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NV30-CS NV50-CP NV60-CP NV100-CP NV225-CP
Photo
3ø3W, 3ø3W, 3ø3W, 3ø3W, 3ø3W,

Supply system ✳ 1 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 1ø2W,
1ø3W 1ø3W 1ø3W 1ø3W 1ø3W
230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440
Rated operational voltage Ue AC V 230 Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type
5,10,15, 15,20,30 125,150,175
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 30°C 60 60,75,100
20,30 40,50 200,225
30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500
High-speed Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA) 30
Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable
type
Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s) 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04
100•300•500 100•300•500
Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA) — — —
Selectable Selectable
Time-delay
0.45•1.0•2.0 0.45•1.0•2.0
ty p e Max. operating time at 2I∆n (s) — — —
Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s) — — — 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0
Earth-leakage indication system Button Button Button Button Button
Characteristics for DC components Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC
Utilization category A A A A A
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 4 6 6 6 6
Pollution degree 2 2 2 2 2
440V — 2.5/1 2.5/1 10/5 15/8
Rated breaking capacity (kA)
IEC60947-2 AC 400V — 5/2 5/ 2 10/5 18/9
Icu/Ics
230V 2.5/2 5/2 5/ 2 25/13 30/15
ca a 67.5 75 75 90 105
a c
b 96 130 130 155 165
Dimensions (mm)
b c 52 68 68 68 68
ca 67 90 90 90 92
Mass kg 0.4 0.65 0.75 1.1 1.7
Screw terminal ● ● ● ● ● ✳2
Front (F)
Solderless terminal — — — ● ●
Connection Rear (B ) ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in (PM) — ● ● ● ●
Flush plate (FP) — ● ● ● ●
Cassette- Alarm switch (AL) ● ● ● ● ●
type
accessories ✳3 Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ● ●
Insulation switch (MG) ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in Earth-leakage trip alarm (EAL) — ● ✳4 ● ✳4 ● ✳4 ● ✳4
accessories
Test button module (TBM) — ● ✳4 ● ✳4 ● ✳4 ● ✳4
Accessory Lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ●

connection Flying lead type ● ● ● ● ●
Dustproof (S) ● ● ● ● ●
Enclosure Dustproof (I) — ● ● ● ●
Water proof (W) — ● ● ● ●
Electrical operation device (MD) — — — ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) — ● ● ● ●
(HL) — ● ● ● ●
External Handle lock device (HL-S) — ● ● ● ●

accessories (LC) ● ● ● ● ●
(F) — ● ● ● ●
External operating handle
(S) — ● ● ● ●
(TC-L) ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal cover
(BTC) ● ● ● ● ●
Rear (B-ST) ● ● ● ● ●
Flush (FP) — ● ● ● ●
Automatic tripping device Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic
Trip button — Equipped
✳ 1. If using a 3-pole earth-leakage breaker as a 1-pole 2-phase device, connect the left and right poles and not
the central pole. If using as 1-pole 3-phase, connect the neutral wire to the central pole.
✳ 2. Bolt terminal
✳ 3. Cassette-type accessories are not acceptable for NV30-CS.
26 ✳ 4. Lead-wire terminal block is equipped.
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 400 630
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NV400-CP NV630-CP
Photo
Supply system ✳1 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W

Number of poles 3 3
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC Multi-voltage type 230- 400- 440 Multi-voltage type 230- 400- 440
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 40°C 250, 300, 350, 400 500, 600, 630
High-speed Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA) 30•100•500 Selectable —
ty p e Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s) 0.04 —
Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA) 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable
Time-delay
type Max. operating time at 2I∆n (s) 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0• 2.0 Selectable
Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s) 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0
Earth-leakage indication system Button Button
Characteristics for DC componentes Type AC Type AC
Utilization category A A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) — —
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8
Pollution degree 3 3
R a te d 440V 2 5/ 13 36/18
breaking IEC60947-2 AC 400V 3 6/ 18 36/18
capacity (Icu/Ics)
(kA) 230V 5 0/ 25 50/25
ca a 140 210
a c
b 257 275
Dimensions (mm)
b c 103 103
ca 1 34 155
Mass kg 6.1 12.3
Bus bar terminal ● ●
Front (F)
Solderless terminal ● ●
Rear (B) ● ●
Connection Rear (PM) ● ●
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) — —
Front (DPM) — —
Flush plate (FP) ● ●
Alarm switch (AL) ● ●
Cassette-type Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ●
accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ●
Insulation switch (MG) ● ●
Built-in
accessories Earth-leakage trip alarm (EAL) ● ●
Test button module (TBM) ● ●
Accessories With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ●
connection With flying leads ● ●
(S) — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● ●
Waterproof (W) ● ●
Electrical Motor-operated type (MD) ● ●
operation
device Spring-charged type (MDS) ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ●
(HL) ● ●
External
accessories Handle lock device (HL-S) ● ●
(LC) — —
(F) ● ●
(S) ● ●
(TC-L) ● ●
Terminal cover
(BTC) ● ●
Rear (B-ST) ● ●
Flush (FP) ● ●
Reverse connection ● ●
Automatic tripping device Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic
Trip button Equipped Equipped
✳ 1. If using a 3-pole earth-leakage breaker as a 1-pole 2-phase device, connect the left and right poles and not
the central pole. If using as a 1-pole 3-phase, connect the neutral wire to the central pole.
27
SPECIFICATIONS
ELCBS NV-S Series ( Standard type )

Frame (A) 30 50 60 100
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NV30-SP NV50-HP NV60-HP NV100-SP NV100-SEP
Photo
3ø3W, 3ø3W, 3ø3W, 3ø3W, 3ø3W,

Supply system ✳2 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 3ø4W
1ø3W 1ø3W 1ø3W 1ø3W 1ø3W
230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC
Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type
Rated current In (A) 15,20,30 15(✳1),20,30,40 15~20,30~50,60~100
5,10,15,20,30 60
at ambient temperature 30°C 40,50 50,60,75,100 Adjustable
30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500
High-speed Rated current sensitivity I∆ n (mA)
Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable
ty p e
Max. operating time at 5I∆ n (s) 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04
100•300•500 100•300•500
Rated current sensitivity I∆ n (mA) — — —
Time-delay
0.45•1.0•2.0 0.45•1.0•2.0
type Max. operating time at 2I∆n (s) — — —
Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s) — — — 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0
Characteristics for DC components Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC
440V 5/2 10/5 10/5 25/13 25/13
IEC60947-2 AC 400V 5/2 10/5 10/5 30/15 30/15
Icu/Ics
230V 10/5 25/13 25/13 50/25 50/25
ca a 75 75 75 90 90 120
a c
b 130 130 130 155 155
Dimensions (mm)
b c 68 68 68 68 68
ca 90 90 90 90 90
Mass kg 0.7 0.7 0 .7 1.2 1.2 1.5
Screw terminal ● ● ● ● ●
Front (F)
Connection Rear (B) ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in (PM) ● ● ● ● ●
Flush plate (FP) ● ● ● ● ●
Cassette- Alarm switch (AL) ● ● ● ● ●
type
accessories Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ● ●
Test lead switch (TBL) ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in
accessories Earth-leakage trip alarm (EAL) ● ✳3 ● ✳3 ● ✳3 ● ✳3 ● ✳3
Test button module (TBM) ● ✳3 ● ✳3 ● ✳3 ● ✳3 ● ✳3
Pre-alarm Contacts (PAL) — — — — ● ✳3
Accessory Lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ●
connection Flying lead type ● ● ● ● ●
Dustproof (S) ● ● ● ● ● —
Enclosure Dustproof (I) ● ● ● ● ● —
Waterproof (W) ● ● ● ● ● —
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ● ●
External Handle lock device (HL-S) ● ● ● ● ●
accessories (LC) ● ● ● ● ●
(F) ● ● ● ● ●
(S) ● ● ● ● ●
(TCL) ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal cover
(BTC) ● ● ● ● ● —
Rear (B-ST) ● ● ● ● ●
Flush (FP) ● ● ● ● ●
Automatic tripping device Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Thermal, magnetic Electronic
✳ 1. Time delay type is not available for ampere rating 15A.
✳ 2. It using a 3-pole earth-leakage breaker as a 1-pole 2-phase device, connect the left and right poles and not
the central pole. If using as 1-pole 3-phase, connect the neutral wire to the central pole.
28 ✳ 3. Standard type is thus SLT equipped.
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 100 225
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NV100-HP NV100-HEP NV225-SP NV225-SEP NV225-HP NV225-HEP
Photo
3 ø3 W, 3 ø3 W, 3 ø3 W, 3 ø 3 W, 3 ø 3 W, 3 ø 3 W,
Supply system ✳4 1 ø2 W, 1 ø2 W, 3 ø4 W 1 ø2 W, 1 ø 3 W, 3 ø4 W 1 ø2 W, 1 ø 2 W, 3 ø4 W
1 ø3 W 1 ø3 W 1 ø3 W 1 ø2 W 1 ø3 W 1 ø3 W
Number of poles 3 3 4 3 3 4 3 3 4
230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC
Multi-volta ge type Multi-volta ge type e Multi-volta ge type Multi-volta ge type Multi-volta ge type Multi-volta ge type
1 5 ~ 2 0 ,3 0 ~ 5 0 ,
Rated current In (A) 1 5 (✳1) ,2 0 ,3 0 (4 0 ), 1 2 5 ,1 5 0 ,1 7 5 125~ 225 1 2 5 ,1 5 0 ,1 7 5 125~ 225
60~ 100
at ambient temperature 30°C 5 0 ,6 0 ,7 5 ,1 0 0 2 0 0 ,2 2 5 Adjusta ble 2 0 0 ,2 2 5 Adjusta ble
Adjusta ble
3 0 •1 0 0 •5 0 0 3 0 •1 0 0 •5 0 0 3 0 •1 0 0 •5 0 0 3 0 •1 0 0 •5 0 0 3 0 •1 0 0 •5 0 0 3 0 •1 0 0 •5 0 0
High-speed Ra te d curre nt se nsitivity I∆ n (mA) Se le cta ble Se le cta ble Se le cta ble Se le cta ble Se le cta ble Se le cta ble
t yp e
Ma x.ope ra ting time a t 5 I∆ n (s) 0 .0 4 0 .0 4 0 .0 4 0 .0 4 0 .0 4 0 .0 4
1 0 0 •3 0 0 • 5 0 0 1 0 0 •3 0 0 •5 0 0 1 0 0 •3 0 0 •5 0 0 1 0 0 •3 0 0 • 5 0 0 1 0 0 •3 0 0 •5 0 0 1 0 0 • 3 0 0 •5 0 0
Ra te d curre nt se nsitivity I∆ n (mA)
Se le cta ble Se le cta ble Se le cta ble Se le cta ble Se le cta ble Se le cta ble
Time -de la y
0 .4 5 •1 .0 •2 .0 0 .4 5 •1 .0 •2 .0 0 .4 5 •1 .0 •2 .0 0 .4 5 •1 .0 •2 .0 0 .4 5 •1 .0 •2 .0 0 .4 5 •1 .0 •2 .0
type Max. operating time at 2 I∆n (s)
Se le cta ble Se le cta ble Se le cta ble Se le cta ble Se le cta ble Se le cta ble
Inertial non-operating time at 2 I∆n (s) 0 .1 •0 .5 •1 .0 0 .1 •0 .5 •1 .0 0 .1 •0 .5 •1 .0 0 .1 •0 .5 •1 .0 0 . 1 • 0 . 5 •1 . 0 0 .1 •0 .5 •1 .0
Earth-leakage indication system Button Button Button Button Button Button
Characteristics for DC components Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC
Utilization category A A A A A A
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 6 6 6 6 6 6
Pollution degree 2 2 2 2 2 2
Rated breaking capacity (kA) 440V 5 0 /2 5 5 0 /2 5 2 5 /1 3 2 5 /1 3 5 0 /1 3 5 0 /1 3
IEC60947-2 AC 400V 5 0 /2 5 5 0 /2 5 3 0 /1 5 3 0 /1 5 5 0 /1 3 5 0 /1 3
(Icu/Ics) 230V 1 0 0 /5 0 1 0 0 /5 0 5 0 /2 5 5 0 /2 5 1 0 0 /2 5 1 0 0 /2 5
ca a 90 90 120 105 105 140 105 105 140
a c
b 155 155 165 165 165 165
Dime nsions (mm)
b c 68 68 68 68 68 68
ca 90 90 92 92 92 92
Mass kg 1 .2 1 .2 1 .5 1 .7 1 .8 2 .3 1 .7 1 .8 2 .3
Scre w te rmina l ● ● ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2
Front (F)
Solde rle ss te rmina l ● ● ● ● ✳3 ● ● ✳3
Conne ction Re a r (B) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in (PM) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Flush (FP) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Cassette- Ala rm sw itch (AL) ● ● ● ● ● ●
type
accessories Auxilia ry sw itch (AX) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Insula tion sw itch (MG) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in Ea rth-le a ka ge trip a la rm (EAL) ● ✳5 ● ✳5 ● ✳5 ● ✳5 ● ✳5 ● ✳5
accessories Te st button module (TBM) ● ✳5 ● ✳5 ● ✳5 ● ✳5 ● ✳5 ● ✳5
Pre -a la rm Conta ct (PAL) — ● ✳5 — ● ✳5 — ● ✳5
Accessory Le a d-w ire te rmina l block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ● ●
connection Flying le a d type ● ● ● ● ● ●
Dustproof (S) ● ● — ● ● — — —
Enclosure Dustproof (I) ● ● — ● ● — ● ● —
Wa te r proof (W) ● ● — ● ● — ● ● —
Ele ctrica l ope ra tion de vice (MD) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Me cha nica l inte rlock (MI) ● ● ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Exte rna l Ha ndle lock de vice (HL-S) ● ● ● ● ● ●
a cce ssorie s (LC) ● ● ● ● ● ●
(F) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Exte rna l Ope ra ting ha ndle
(S) ● ● ● ● ● ●
(TCL) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Te rmina l cove r
(BTC) ● ● — ● ● — ● ● —
Re a r (B-ST) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Flush (FP) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Automa tic tripping de vice The rma l, ma gne tic Ele ctronic The rma l, ma gne tic Ele ctronic The rma l, ma gne tic Ele ctronic
Trip button Equippe d
✳ 1. Time de la y type is not a va ila ble for a mpe re ra ting 1 5 A.

✳ 2. Bolt te rmina l
✳ 3. With solde rle ss te rmina l, the ra te d curre nt is 1 2 5 ~ 2 0 0 A a t 4 0 °C.
✳ 4. If using a 3 -pole e a rth-le a ka ge bre a ke r a s a 1 -pole 2 -pha se de vice , conne ct the le ft a nd right pole s a nd not the ce ntra l pole . If using a s a 1 -pole 3 -pha se , conne ct the ne utra l w ire to the ce ntra l pole .
✳ 5. Standard type is thus SLT equipped.
29
SPECIFICATIONS
ELCBS NV-S Series ( Standard type )

Frame (A) 400
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NV400-SP NV400-SEP NV400-HEP NV400-REP
Photo
Supply system 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø4W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø4W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W
230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440
Rated operational voltage Ue VAC
Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 40°C 250,300,350,400 200~400 adjustable 200~400 adjustable 200~400 adjustable
High-speed Rated current sensitivity I∆ n (mA) 30•100•500 Selectable 30•100•500 Selectable 30•100•500 Selectable 30•100•500 Selectable
ty p e Max. operating time at 5 I∆ n (s) 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04
Rated current sensitivity I∆ n (mA) 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable
Time-delay
Max. operating time at 2 I∆n (s) 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable
type
Inertial non-operating time at 2 I∆n (s) 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0
Earth-leakage indication system Button Button Button Button
Characteristics for DC componentes Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) — 5 5 5
440V 42/42 (36/36) ✳1 42/42 (36/36) ✳1 65/65 125/63
Rated breaking IEC60947-2
AC 400V 45/45 (36/36) ✳1 45/45 (36/36) ✳1 70/70 125/63
capacity (kA) (lcu/lcs)
230V 85/85 (65/65) ✳1 85/85 (65/65) ✳1 100/100 150/75
ca a 140 140 185 1 40 185 140
a c
b 2 57 257 25 7 257
Dimensions (mm)
b c 1 03 103 10 3 103
ca 155 155 155 155
Mass kg 6.1 6.6 8.4 6.6 8.4 6.6
Front (F)
Solderless terminal ● ● — —
Rear (B) ● ● ● ●
Connection Rear (PM) ● ● ● ●
Flush plate (FP) ● ● ● ●
Insulation switch (MG) ● ● ● ●
Built-in Earth-leakage trip alarm (EAL) ● ● ● ●
accessories Test button module (TBM) ● ● ● ●
Pre-alarm contacts (PAL) — ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2
connections With frying leads ● ● ● ●
(S) — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● ● — — —
Waterproof (W) ● ● — — —
Electrical Motor-operated type (MD) ● ● ● ●
operation
device Spring-charge type (MDS) ● ● ● ●
External Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ●
accessories (HL) ● ● ● ●
Handle lock device (HL-S) ● ● ● ●
(LC) — — — —
(F) ● ● ● ●
(S) ● ● ● ●
(TC-L) ● ● — —
Terminal cover
(BTC) ● ● — ● —
✳1. In case of solderless terminal, interrupting capacity reduces as follows.

30
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 630 800
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NV630-SP NV630-SEP NV630-HEP NV800-SEP NV800-HEP
Photo
Supply system 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø4W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W
230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440
Rated operational voltage Ue VAC
Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type
Rated current In (A)
500,600,630 300~630 Adjustable 300~630 Adjustable 400~800 Adjustable 400~800 Adjustable
at ambient temperature 40°C
High-speed Rated current sensitivity I ∆ n (mA) — — — — —
ty p e Max. operating time at 5 I∆ n (s) — — — — —
Rated current sensitivity I ∆ n (mA) 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable
Time-delay
Max. operating time at 2 I∆n (s) 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable
type
Inertial non-operating time at 2 I∆n (s) 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0
Characteristics for DC componentes Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC
Utilization category A B B B B
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) — 7.6 7.6 9.6 9.6
Rated 440V 42/42 42/42 65/65 42/42 65/65
IEC60947-2
breaking AC 400V 45/45 45/45 70/70 45/45 70/70
(lcu/lcs)
capacity (kA) 230V 85/85 85/85 100/100 85/85 100/100
ca a 210 210 280 2 10 2 10 210
a c
b 275 2 75 275 2 75 275
Dimensions (mm)
b c 103 1 03 103 103 103
ca 155 1 55 155 1 55 155
Mass kg 12.5 14.3 18.6 14.3 15.3 15.3
Bus bar terminal ● ● ● ● ●
Front (F)
Solderless terminal ● ● — ● —
Rear (B) ● ● ● ● ●
Connection Rear (PM) ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) — — — — —
Front (DPM) — — — — —
Flush plate (FP) ● ● ● ● ●
Alarm switch (AL) ● ● ● ● ●
Cassette-
Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ● ●
type
Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ● ● ●
accessories
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in Earth-leakage trip alarm (EAL) ● ● ● ● ●
accessories Test button module (TBM) ● ● ● ● ●
Pre-alarm contacts (PAL) — ● ✳1 ● ✳1 ● ✳1 ● ✳1
Accessory With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ●
connection With flying leads ● ● ● ● ●
(S) — — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● ● — — ● —
Waterproof (W) ● ● — — ● —
Motor-operated
Electric (MD) ● ● ● ● ●
type
operation
Spring-charge
device (MDS) ● ● ● ● ●
type
External Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ● ●
accessories
(HL) ● ● ● ● ●
Handle lock device (HL-S) ● ● ● ● ●
(LC) — — — — —
External operating (F) ● ● ● ● ●
handle (S) ● ● ● ● ●
(TC-L) ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal cover
(BTC) ● ● ● ● ●
Reverse connection ● ● ● ● ●
Automatic tripping device Thermal, magnetic Electronic Electronic Eectronic Electronic
31
SPECIFICATIONS
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
BH Series
Type BH BH-P
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 70 100 100 70 100 100
Photo
Rated current (A)

70 70,100 70,100 70 70,100 70,100
at ambient temperature 40° C
AC 230/400 230/400
Rated voltage (V)
DC 125 125
AC230/400V 3 — 3 —
Breaking capacity IEC60898
AC400V — 3 — 3
(kA) sym.
— DC125V 1 1
Type of instantaneous operation Type C (5 In <, <10 In)
a 25 50 75 25 50 75
ca
a c b 95 74
Dimensions
(mm)
b c 57.5 60.5
ca 77.5 79
Mass (kg) 0.16 0.32 0.48 0.13 0.26 0.38
Clamp terminal Plug-in (line) Clamp (load)
Connection ✳1
Automatic tripping device Thermal, magnetic
Terminal cover ● —
Mounting plate ● —
Optional
accessories
Terminal base — ●
Lock cover ● ●
Approved by — LR, GL, NK — — LR, BV, AB, GL, NK —
✳1. If reguired Solderless terminal can be supplied.

(BH : Line and Load side, BH-P : Load side only)
32
SPECIFICATIONS
Type BH-S M3 BH-S M6
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo
Rated current (A) 5,10,15,20,(25), 10,15,20,(25), 15,20,(25), 5,10,15,20,(25), 10,15,20,(25), 15,20,(25),

at ambient temperature 40°C 30,40,50,60 30,40,50,60 30,40,50,60 30,40,50,60 30,40,50,60 30,40,50,60
AC 230/400 400 400 230/400 400 400

Rated voltage (V)
DC — 125 — — 125 —
AC230/400V 3 — 6 —
IEC60898
Breaking capacity
AC400V — 3 — 6
(kA) sym.
— DC125V — 1 — — 1 —
Type of instantaneous operation Types B,C,D ✳2
a 25 50 75 25 50 75
ca
a c b 95 95
Dimensions
(mm)
b c 57.5 57.5
ca 76 76
Mass (kg) 0.15 0.32 0.50 0.15 0.32 0.50
Clamp terminal
Connection ✳1
Terminal cover ●
Mounting plate ●
Optional
accessories
Handle lock ●
Lock cover —
Approved by —
✳ 1. If required Solderless terminal can be supplied (Line and Load side)

✳ 2. Type B (3 In <, 5 In), Type C (5 In <, 10 In), Type D (10 In <, 20 In)
33
SPECIFICATIONS
BH Series
Type BH-PS M3 BH-PS M9
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo
Rated current (A) 10,15,20, 10,15,20, 15,20, 6,10,16,20,(25), 10,16,20,(25), 10,16,20,(25),

at ambient temperature 40°C 30,40,50,60 30,40,50,60 30,40,50,60 32,40,50,60 32,40,50,60 32,40,50,60
AC 230/400 400 400 230/400 400 400

Rated voltage (V)
DC — 125 — —
AC230/400V 3 — 9 —
IEC60898
Breaking capacity
AC400V — 3 — 9
(kA) sym.
— DC125V — 1 — —
Type of instantaneous operation Types B,C,D ✳
a 25 50 75 25 50 75
ca
a c b 81.5 81.5
Dimensions
(mm)
b c 60.5 60.5
ca 79 79
Mass (kg) 0.15 0.32 0.50 0.15 0.32 0 .5 0
Plug-in (line) Clamp (load)
Connection
Terminal cover —
Terminal base ●
Optional
accessories
Lock cover —
Handle lock ●
Approved by — LR
✳ Type B (3 In <, 5 In), Type C (5 In <, 10 In), Type D (10 In <, 20 In)
34
SPECIFICATIONS
DIN SERIES FOR GENERAL
CONSUMER UNITS
MCB BH-D6 (IEC60898)
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo
Number of poles 1 2 3 4
Rated current (A) 6,10,13,16,20,25 , 6,10,13,16,20,25, 6,10,13,16,20,25, 6,10,13,16,20,25,

at ambient temperature 30°C 32,40,50,63 32,40,50,63 32,40,50,63 32,40,50,63
Rated voltage (VAC) 230/400 400 400 400

Breaking capacity (kA) sym. (IEC60898) 6
Tripping characteristics Type B, C ✳
ca a 18 36 54 72
a c
Dimensions b 87
(mm) b c 44
ca 70
Mass (kg) 0.15 0.30 0.45 0.6
Connection Solderless
Optional accessories Insulating barrier — 1 pc 2 pcs 3 pcs
✳ Type B (3n⬍, ⬉5In), Type C (5In⬍, ⬉10In)
RCCB BV -D (IEC61008)
Photo
Number of poles 2 4
Rated current (A)

25, 40, 63
Rated voltage (VAC) 230 230/400

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA) 30, 300
Max. operating time (sec) at 5I∆ 0.04
Pulsating current sensitivity Type AC
Rated conditional short-circuit current (kA) 6
ca a 36 72
a c
Dimensions b 85
(mm) b c 44
ca 70
Mass (kg) 0.2 0.35
Isolating switch KB -D (IEC60947-3)
Photo
Utilization category AC22A class
Rated current (A)

32, 63
Rated voltage (VAC) 230 400

Short time withstand current (A) 20 ✕ In, 1s
Short-circuit making capacity (A) 20 ✕ In
ca a 18 36 54 72
a c
Dimensions b 87
(mm) b c 44
ca 70
Mass (kg) 0.09 0.18 0.27 0.36
Optional accessories Insulating barrier — 1 pc 2 pcs 3 pcs
35
SPECIFICATIONS
MOTOR PROTECTION
MCCB MB Series
Frame (A) 30 50 100 225
SPECIFICATIONS
Type MB30-SP MB50-CP MB50-SP MB100-SP MB225-SP

0.8, 1.2, 1.4 , 0.8, 1.2, 1.4 ,
0.8, 1.2, 1.4 , 12.5, 16, 25,
2, 2.5, 4, 5, 2, 2.5, 4, 5, 125, 150,
2, 2.5, 4, 5, 32, 40, 45,
Rated current (In), A 7.1, 8, 10, 7.1, 8, 10, 175, 200,
7.1, 8, 10, 63, 71, 90,
12, 16, 25, 32, 12, 16, 25, 32, 225
12, 16, 25, 32 100
40, 45 40, 45
Rated ambient temperature, °C ✳1 30 30 30 30 30
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) AC 500 500 500 500 500
500V AC — — — — —
Rated short-circuit breaking 440V AC 2.5/1 2.5/1 7.5/4 25/13 25/13
capacity, r.m.s. (kA) as per Ue
IEC60947-2 (Icu/Ics) 400V AC 5/2 5/2 7.5/4 30/15 30/15
230V AC 5/2 5/2 10/5 50/25 50/25
Reverse connection ● ● ● ● ●
ca a 75 75 75 90 105
a c
b 130 130 130 155 165
Dimensions (mm)
b c 68 68 68 68 68
ca 90 90 90 90 92
Mass Kg 0.65 0.65 0.75 1.1 1.5
Screw terminal ● ● ● ● ● ✳2
Front
Fixed (F)
Bus bar terminal ● ● ● ● ●
Installation Rear (B) ● ● ● ● ●
and
connection Flush (FP) ● ● ● ● ●
Rear (PM) ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) — — — — ●
Front (DPM) ● ● ● ● ●
Cassette- Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ● ●
type
accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ● ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ● ● ● ●
Accessory With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ●
connections With flying lead ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in
Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) — — — — —
accessories
(S) ● ● ● ● ●
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● ● ● ● ●
Waterproof (W) ● ● ● ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ● ●
(HL-S) ● ● ● ● ●
device
Lock cover (LC) ● ● ● ● ●
(V) — — — ● ●
Door
(S) ● ● ● ● ●
External mounting
External
Operating (SS) ● ● ● ● —
accessories
handle (R) — — — ● ●
Mounted on
breaker (F) ● ● ● ● ●
Insulating Between phase (BA-F) ● ● ● ● ●
barrier To ground (BA-G) ● ● ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● ● ● ●
Small (TC-S) ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal
Transparent (TTC) ● ● ● ● ●
cover
For rear connection (BTC) ● ● ● ● ●
For plug-in (PTC) ● ● ● ● ●
Adapter for IEC 35mm rail ● ● ● ● —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● ● ● ● ●
Automatic tripping device Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Thermal, magnetic Themal, magnetic
✳1. Rating at 40°C is also available. Please specify when ordering.

✳2. Bolt terminal.
36
SPECIFICATIONS
MOTOR PROTECTION
ELCB MN Series
SPECIFICATIONS
Fault protection Earth-leakage, overload, short circuit and overheating of motor windings
Frame (A) 30 50 100 225
Type MN30-CS MN50-CP MN50-SP MN100-SP MN225-SP
Phase and wires ✳1 3 ø3 w ; 1 ø2 w 3 ø3 w
Rated voltage (VAC) 100-200 120-240-415
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
A A A A A A A
100V 200V 200V 415V 200V 415V 200V 415V 200V 415V 200V 415V 200V 415V
32 — 7.5 45 11 22 8 — 3.7 45 11 22 7.1 1.5 — 100 — 55 225 55 10
25 — 5.5 40 — 18.5 7.1 1.5 — 40 — 18.5 5 — 2.2 90 22 45 200 — —
16 0.75 3.7 32 7.5 15 5 — 2.2 32 7.5 15 4 0.75 1.5 71 18.5 37 175 45 90
10 0.4 2.2 25 5.5 11 4 0.75 1.5 25 5.5 11 2.5 0.4 — 63 15 30 150 37 75
Ampere rating (A) 16 3.7 7.5 2.5 0.4 —
7.1 — 1.5 16 3.7 7.5 2 — 0.75
at ambient temperature 40° C 45 11 22 125 30 —
For class E motors of the 6.3 0.2 — 12 — 5.5 2 — 0.75 12 — 5.5 1.4 0.2 —
corresponding outputs (kW) 4 0.1 0.75 10 2.2 — 1.4 0.2 — 10 2.2 — 1.2 — 0.4
2.5 — 0.4 8 — 3.7 0.8 — —
1.4 — 0.2
High-speed Rated current sensitivity (mA) 15, 30, 100 30, 100 • 200 • 500 (Selectable)
type Max. operating time (s) 0.1
Earth-leakage indication system Button
415V — 2.5 7.5 25 25
Interrupting capacity (kA)
240V 2.5 (200V) 5 10 50 50
JIS C8371
120V 2.5 (100V) 5 10 50 50
ca
a c
a 67.5 75 75 90 105
b b 96 130 130 155 165

Dimensions (mm)
c 52 68 68 68 68
ca 67 90 90 90 92
Mass (kg) 0.4 0.7 0.7 1.2 1.7
Connection Clamp terminal Screw terminal
Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ● ●
Test button lead wires (TBL) ● ● ● ● ●
Earth-leakage alarm (EAL) — ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2
Test-button module (TBM) — ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2
Lead-wire terminal block SLT ● ● ● ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) — ● ● ● ●
Accessories (S) ● ● ● ● ●
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) — ● ● ● ●
Waterproof (W) — ● ● ● ●
Handle lock device (HL) — ● ● ● ●
Lock cover (LC) ● ● ● ● ●
F — ● ● ● ●
External handle
S — ● ● ● ●
Terminal cover (TCL) ● ● ● ● ●
Rear stud ● ● ● ● ●
Flush-mounting frame — ● ● ● ●
Plug-in terminal — ● ● ● ●
Conformation to IEC (Option) — — — — —
Automatic tripping device Hydraulic-magnetic Thermal, magnetic
✳ 1. If using a 3-pde earth-leakage breaker as a 1-pde 2-phase device, connect the left and right poles and not the central pde.
✳ 2. Lead-wire terminal block is equipped.
37
SPECIFICATIONS
OTHERS
ELRS and ZCTS

Types ELR and ZCT are designed according to JIS C 8374.
SPECIFICATIONS
Type Interchangeable ELR For protective coordination
Type Electrical self-holding type Mechanical self-holding type Upstream interlock relay
NV-ZB NV-ZS NV-ZU
Photo
15 ZT15A ZT15A NV-Z15U
ZCT aperture diameter 40 ZT40A ZT40A NV-Z40U

Type
(mm) 60 ZT60A ZT60A NV-Z60U
100 ZT100A ZT100A NV-Z100U
Phases and wires 3ph 4w; 3ph 3w; 1ph 3w; 1ph 2w
Control voltage (VAC) 120• 240 ✳ 120 • 240, 240• 415✳ 120• 240, 240• 415 ✳
30
100• 500 ✳ 30 30
Rated current sensitivity (mA) 100• 500 ✳ 200• 500• 1000 ✳
High 200• 500 ✳ 200• 500 ✳ 200• 500 ✳ 200• 500• 1000 ✳
200• 500 ✳
speed type
0.1
Max. operating time (s) 0.1
(Backup time by interlock signal is 0.3s )
200• 500 ✳ 200• 500 ✳
Rated current sensitivity (mA) 200• 500✳
500• 1000 ✳ 500• 1000 ✳
Time
Operating time (s) 0.3 0.3• 0.8 ✳ —
delay type
Inertial non-operating time (s) 0 .1 0.1• 0.5
Earth-leakage indication LE D Button LED

Push button
Resetting method Push button or control power switch off Push button or control power switch off
(combined with earth-leakage indicator)
Rated short time current (kA) 100 (peak value)
Number and type 1c High speed: 2a (1a1b) Time delay: 1a1c 1a
Continuous current capacity (A) 5 7 5
cosø= 0.4 cosø= 0.4 cosø= 0.4

Voltage cosø= 1 Voltage cosø= 1 Voltage cosø= 1
L/R=0.007 L/R=0.007 L/R=0.007
120VAC 5 2.5 120VAC 7 7 120VAC 5 2.5
Contacts
240VAC 5 2 240VAC 7 7 240VAC 5 2
Contact capacity (A)
30VDC 5 2 415VAC 5 2 415VAC 1 0.6
30VDC 7 6 30VDC 5 2
100VDC 0.6 0. 6
200VDC 0.3 0.3
Connection Clamp terminal

✳ Selectable.
38
SPECIFICATIONS
OTHERS
● Interchangeable ZCT
SPECIFICATIONS
Type ZT15A ZT30A ZT40A ZT60A ZT80A ZT100A
Aperture diameter (mm) 15 30 40 60 80 100
Mass (kg) 0.2 0 .4 0.6 2.0 2.6 3.3
Rated short time current 100 (peak value)
Dimensions (mm) a 48 68 85 140 160 185
b 52 52 52 90 90 90
b
e
c 70 90 100 150 169 190

c
d
a d 25 50 50 100 100 100
e 40 40 40 70 70 70
● ZCT aperture diameter and permissible wire size

15 30 40 60 80 100
ZCT aperture diameter (mm)
Max. permissible 600V rated wire size in mm2 (current in amperes)
1ø2w Polyvinyl chloride insulated wire 14 (88) 60 (217) 150 (395) 325 (650) 600 (992) 800 (1185)
Cross-linked polyethylene insulated cable 2 (33) 38 (190) 60 (260) 250 (655) 400 (870) 600 (1140)
1ø3w
Polyvinyl-chloride insulated wire 8 (61) 38 (162) 100 (298) 250 (556) 500 (842) 725 (1095)
3ø3w
Cross-linked polyethylene insulated cable 2 (33) 22 (135) 60 (260) 200 (560) 325 (760) 600 (1140)
3ø4w Polyvinyl-chloride insulated wire 8 (61) 38 (162) 100 (298) 150 (395) 325 (650) 600 (992)
Cross-linked polyethylene insulated cable — 14 (105) 38 (190) 100 (365) 250 (655) 400 (870)
● Interchangeable ZCTs with primary conductors

Type ZTA600A ZTA1200A ZTA2000A
Number of poles 3
Rated voltage (VAC) 600
a a 227 227 360
b 25 6 298 2 50
ba
b
ba 36 6 444 5 94
c
c 42 78 79
ca ca 12 5 176 2 14
● ELRs with a ZCT with primary conductors

Frame (A) 600 1200 2000 3200
ZB NV-ZB3200
Interchangeable ELR and interchangeable ZCTs with primary conductors
Type ZS NV-ZS3200
ZU NV-ZU600 NV-ZU1200 NV-ZU2000 NV-ZU3200
Number of poles 3
Rated voltage (VAC) 600
a a 2 27 227 360 490
b 256 298 250 320
ba
b
ba 366 4 44 594 868
c
c 42 78 79 111
ca ca 1 25 176 214 290

Mass (kg) 6.5 11 27 54
Control voltage (VAC) Rated current sensitivity (mA) Max. operating time (s) Inertial non-operating time (s)
ZB 120 • 240✳ 200 • 500✳
0.1 —
High-speed type ZS 120 • 240✳, 240 • 415✳ 200 • 500✳
Specification of 0.1
ELRs ZU 120 • 240✳, 240 • 415✳ 200 • 500 • 1000✳ (backup time by interlock —
signal is 0.3s)
ZB 120 • 240✳ 200 • 500✳ 0.3 0.1
Time-delay type
ZS 120 • 240✳, 240 • 415✳ 200 • 500✳ 0.3 • 0.8✳ 0.1 • 0.5✳
✳ Selectable.
39
SPECIFICATIONS
OTHERS
CIRCUIT PROTECTORS TYPE CP

Frame (A) 30
SPECIFICATIONS
Type CP30 -BA CP-B CP-S
Photo
Number of poles 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
AC 250 AC 250
DC 65 DC 125 AC 250
Rated voltage (V) AC 250
DC 65, DC125 (for 2-pole breakers series type only) ✳1
AC-DC common use
Rated impulse voltage Uimp (kV) 2.5 2.5 2.5
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.3, 0.5, 0.75,

Rated current (A) 0.1, 0.25, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 1, 2, 2.5, 3, 5, 7, 7.5, 10, 15,
20, 25, 30
125V — 2500 2500
AC 240V 2500 — —
Interrupting
250V — 1500 1500
capacity (A)
60V 2500 — — 1000 (DC65V) 1000 (DC65V)
DC
120V — 2500 — — 1000 (DC125V) — — 1000 (DC125V) —
Instantaneous type (I)
Instantaneous type (I) Fast type (F), (FD)
Operating characteristics Medium-speed type (M), (MD)
Slow type (S) Medium-speed type (M), (MD) Slow type (S), (SD)
Instantaneous type (I): magnetic only Instantaneous type (I): magnetic only
Tripping system
Other types (M, MD, S): hydraulic magnetic Other types (M, MD, F, FD, S, SD): hydraulic magnetic
Standard ambient temperature (° C) 40 40 25
Mass g 80 160 230 10 0 200 300 60 120 180
Inertial delay (ID) ● (Medium-speed: AC only) ● (Medium-speed, fast, slow: AC only)
Alarm switch (AL) ● (Ic) ● (Ia or Ib) ✳ 2 ● (Ic) ✳ 2
Auxiliary switch (AX) ● (Ic) ● (Ia or Ib) ● (Ic)
Shunt trip (SHT) — ● (for relay type only) ● (for parallel and relay type)
Accessories
Lock cover (LC) — ● — ● —
Back facing wiring terminal ● ✳3 — —
Terminal cover ● ✳4 — —
Accessory terminal covor ● — —
20A or less : Screw terminal M4 Faste n terminal #250

Main body Screw terminal M5 (Screw terminal M4 series type only )
Connection 30A : Screw terminal M5
Alarm switch / Auxiliary switch Screw terminal M3.5 Screw terminal M3.5 Faste n terminal #110
Surface, IEC rail mounting Surface, IEC rail mounting

Main body mounting method Panel mounting
Flush panel mounting (option) On end contact fuse interchangeable metal (option)
Marine approval (NK) — ● ✳5 — —
International standard UL, CSA — UL ✳6 —

● ✳6
CE marking ● ✳5 —
 Operating characteristics is
Medium-speed type(M) only.

 The rated current, 0.3A, 
 2A, 3A and 7A are not applied.
✳ 1 . Specify if for DC use when ordering.

✳ 2 . In case of DC use, only DC65V is available.
✳ 3 . In case of back facing wiring terminals, specify if it will be used with ratings 20A or less, or 30A.
(with insulation cap).
✳ 4 . The terminal cover is used for protection of electric shock (IPIX) caused by an intended contact from front direction,
with insulation cable lugs (or taping the tube of cable lugs) or direct clamp of the conductor.
✳ 5 . Specify when ordering.
✳ 6 . Specify when ordering. (In case of CP-S UL, type name is CP-SU.) Connection is fasten terminal only.
40
SPECIAL PURPOSE BREAKERS
MAG ONLY, DC-USE AND DSN-TYPE
Mag Only (Instantaneous tripping circuit breakers)

NF50-CP/HP AC, DC
NF60-CP/HP AC, DC
NF100-CP/SP/HP AC, DC
Fixed Rated current x10
NF160-SP/HP AC, DC

NF250-CP/SP/HP AC, DC
NF400-CP/SP
AC, DC
NF630-CP
High: Rated current x10
NF630-SP AC, DC
Low: Rated current x4
High: Rated current x10

NF800-SEP AC
Low: Rated current x2
NF800-SDP DC High: 8000A Low: 3200A

Adjustable
High: Rated current x10 Note: Standard are fixed type models. Adjustable type can be made to order.
NF1000-SS, NF1250-SS AC
Low: Rated current x5 Remarks: 1. The size, weight, accessories, etc., are all identical to the same-designation C
High: Rated current x6 and S series breakers.
NF1600-SS AC
Low: Rated current x3 2. For more detail, contact your dealer.
NF1000-SSD, NF1250-SSD High: 8000A
DC
NF1600-SSD Low: 3200A
DC-Use MCCBs and DSN-type Switches

Breaking is more difficult with direct currents because Wiring diagram for DC-usage.
the current value never reaches zero. While ordinary
DC breakers are suitable for low voltages, special
voltage DC breakers are recommended for voltages in
excess of 250VDC. Breakers for 550V are all 4-pole
models.
The size, shape, drilling plan, accessories, etc., are all Wiring diagram for DC use.
identical to the S series of same-designation breakers. Note: The tripping characteristics will change if the wiring differs from the one
shown here.
Type NF50-HP NF60-HP NF100-SP NF160-SP NF250-SP NF400-SP NF630-SP NF800-SDP NF1000-SSD NF1250-SSD NF1600-SSD
Number of poles 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
Rated voltage (VDC) 400 550 400 550 440 550 440 550 440 550 440 550 440 550 440 550 440 550 440 550 440 550
2/1 2/1 10/5 15/8 15/8 40/40 40/40 40/40 40 40 40
IEC 60947-2 (ICU/ICS)
Notes: 1: Time constant: 10ms or below.
• DC side
These breakers are designed as thyristor-Leonard communication failure. (Mag-Only breakers can also
system DC-side breakers. They protect the thyristor be used for this role.) Use these breakers in
from short circuiting when there is a power or combination with fast fuses for even greater protection.
Type NF100-SP NF160-SP NF250-SP NF400-SP NF630-SP NF800-SDP NF1000-SSD NF1250-SSD NF1600-SSD
Number of poles 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
Rated voltage (VDC) 250 440 250 440 250 440 250 440 250 440 250 440 250 440 250 440 250 440
Interrupting capacity (kA) 15 10 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Instantaneous trip current (min.) 3 times rated current 700A 700A 900A 1000A 1400A 2000A 2500A 3200A
• DSN-type switches
These are standard MCCBs without the automatic The appearance, size, drilling plan and available
tripping element. The tripping capacity is about six accessories are all identical to similar type standard S
times the rated current. and C series MCCBs.
Type DSN30-CS DSN50-CP DSN100-CP DSN250-CP DSN400-CP DSN630-CP DSN800-CP
Rated current (A) 30 50 100 2 50 400 630 800
Number of poles 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3
Rated voltage (AC/DC) 460/— 500/250 500/250 500/250 600/250 600/250 600/250
Max. switching current (AC/DC) 180/— 300/125 600/250 1350/560 2400/1000 3780/1575 4800/2000
Type DSN30-SP DSN50-SS DSN50-HP DSN100-SP DSN250-SP DSN400-SP DSN630-SP DSN800-SP DSN1000-SS DSN1250-SS DSN1600-SS
Rated current (A) 30 50 100 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600
Number of poles 2 3 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
Rated voltage (AC/DC) 500/250 265/125 500/250 500/250 500/250 690/250 690/250 690/250 440 550 440 550 440 550
Max. switching current (AC/DC) 180/75 300/125 600/250 1350/560 2400/1000 3780/1575 4800/2000 2500 3125 4000
41
400HZ-USE, INSTANTANEOUS AND GENERATOR PROTECTION
400Hz-Use MCCBs
The tripping characteristics for these MCCBs increase • Specifications
with an increase in the interrupted current The appearance, size, rated interrupting capacity,
instantaneous trip operating current. For this reason, drilling plan, accessories, etc., are all identical to the
these breakers are recommended for use in high- standard S series of same-designation breakers.
frequency circuits.
*1
Type NF100-SP NF100-HP NF250-SP NF250-SEP NF250-HP NF400-SP NF400-SEP NF630-SP NF630-SEP NF800-SEP NF1250-SS NF1600-SS
15, 20, 30, 15, 20, 30, 125, 150
125, 150 125, 150 225, 250 200~350 300~500 400~600
Rated current (A) 40, 50, 60, 40, 50, 60, 175, 200 400, 500 600-700-800 800-1000-1200
175, 200 175, 200 300, 350 adjustable adjustable adjustable
75, 100 75, 100 adjustable
Number of poles 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
Rated insulation voltage (VDC) 690
690V 5/3 5/3 10/10 10/10 10/10 10/10 10/10 25/13 25/13
Rated breaking capacity 500V 15/8 30/15 15/8 15/8 30/8 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 65/33 65/33
(kA) 440V 25/13 50/25 25/13 25/13 50/13 42/42 42/42 42/42 42/42 42/42 85/43 85/43
IEC60947-2 (ICU/ICS) 400V 30/15 50/25 30/15 30/15 50/13 45/45 45/45 45/45 45/45 45/45 85/43 85/43
230V 50/25 100/50 50/25 50/25 100/25 85/85 85/85 85/85 85/85 85/85 125/63 125/63
Note *1. Instantaneous trip current : Rated current x 14 (Fix)
Low-Instantaneous MCCBs
• Low-Inst. MCCBs for Discrimination • Specifications
When a power fuse (PF) is used for high-voltage
proection, make sure that the MCCB on the secondary
side is compatible. PF short-time
PF MCCB tolerance capacity
operating
characteristic
Time
Type NF100-CP NF100-SP NF250-CP NF250-SP NF400-CP curve
Tr1
Number of poles 2 3 2 3 4 2 3 2 3 4 2 3
Low-inst.
MCCBs
50, 60, 75, 15, 20, 30, 40 125, 150, 175 125, 150, 175 250, 300 MCCB 1
Rated current (A)
100 50, 60, 75, 100 200, 225, 250 200, 225, 250 350, 400
MCCB 2
Instantaneous trip 600 ● ● ● ● ●
(% of rated Current
current) 400 — — ● ● ● Fig. 4.12 Low-inst. MCCB characteristics
Remarks: 1. Ensure compatibility with motor, etc., before use to prevent accidental tripping at start up. The appearance, size, rated interrupting capacity,
2. Specify rated current and tripping characteristic. accessories, etc., are all identical to the standard
3. There are no short time delay characteristics. instantaneous trip breakers of the same designation.
Generator-Protection MCCBs
These breakers are designed for generator protection.
• Specifications
Type NF100-SEP NF100-HEP NF250-SEP NF250-HEP
(15~20) (15~20)
Rated current (A) 30~50, 30~50, 125~250 125~250
60~100 60~100 adjustable adjustable
Instantaneous trip (% of rated current) 300 ✳1
Operating time at 150% of rated current (s) 18~28 ✳1
Rated insulation voltage (V) 690
AC690V — 5/3 — 5/3
AC500V 15/8 30/15 15/8 30/8

Rated breaking
IEC60947-2
capacity AC440V 25/13 50/25 25/13 50/13
(ICU/ICS)
(kA)
AC400V 30/15 50/25 30/15 50/13
AC230V 50/25 100/50 50/25 100/25
✳1: These MCCBs operating characteristic must be adjusted as follows.

STD ≤ 3 (Is setting)
LTD: minimum setting (TL = 12sec setting)
42
CONNECTION
TYPES AND ACCESSORIES
Connection Types
If no connection method is specified with the order, we The front-connection model can be modified to other
deliver the standard fixed-installation type with front types (excluding plug-in) with special purchase
connection. options.
• Connection Types
Installation Fixed Flush Plug-in
Connection Front (F) Rear (B) Rear (FP) Front (DPM) Rear (PM)
CONNECTION
Appearance
• Connection Accessories Type Rear studs (B-ST) Flush (FP) Plug-in (PM)
2P ST-05SP2 FP-05SP2 PM-05SP2
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP
3P
MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP, MN50-CP/SP 3P ST-05SP3 FP-05SP3 PM-05SP3
NV50-CP, NV60-CP, NV50-HP, NV60-HP 3P
NF50-HP, NF60-HP 4P ST-05SP4 FP-05SP4 PM-05SP4
NF100-CP/SP 2P ST-1SP2 FP-1SP2 PM-1SP2
NF50-HRP, NF100-HP, NF100-CP T/A, NF100-SP T/A, NF100-HP T/A 2P ST-1HP2 FP-1HP2 PM-1HP2
NF100-CP/SP, NF100-SEP, NV100-CP/SP, NV100-SEP, MB100-SP,
3P ST-1SP3 FP-1SP3 PM-1SP3
MN100-SP, NF100-CP T/A, NF100-SP T/A, NF100-HP T/A
NF50-HRP, NF100-HP, NF100-HEP, NV100-HP, NV100-HEP 3P ST-1SP3 FP-1HP3 PM-1SP3
NF100-SP, NF100-SEP, NV100-SEP, NF100-SP T/A, 4P ST-1SP4 FP-1SP4 PM-1SP4
NF100-HP, NF100-HEP, NF100-HP T/A, NV100-HEP 4P ST-1SP4 FP-1HP4 PM-1SP4
NF100-RP, NF100-UP 2P ST-1HP2 FP-1UP2 PM-1UP2
NF100-RP, NF100-UP 3P ST-1SP3 FP-1UP3 PM-1UP3
NF100-UP 4P ST-1SP4 FP-1UP4 —
NF250-CP/SP, NF160-SP, NF250-CP T/A, NF160-SP T/A, NF250-SP T/A 2P FP-2SP2
ST-2SP2 PM-2SP2
NF160-HP, NF250-HP, NF160-HP T/A, NF250-HP T/A 2P FP-2HP2
NF250-CP/SP, NF250-SEP, NV225-CP/SP, NV225-SEP, MB225-SP,
3P FP-2SP3
MN225-SP, NF250-CP T/A, NF250-SP T/A, NF160-SP, NF160-T/A
ST-2SP3 PM-2SP3
NF250-HP, NF250-HEP, NV225-HP, NV225-HEP, NF160-HP,
3P FP-2HP3
NF250-HP T/A, NF160-HP T/A
NF250-SP, NF250-SEP, NV225-SEP, NF160-SP, NF160-SP T/A,
4P FP-2SP4
NF250-SP T/A
ST-2SP4 PM-2SP4
NF250-HP, NF250-HEP, NV225-HEP, NF160-HP, NF250-HP T/A,
4P FP-2HP4
NF160-HP T/A
NF225-RP, NF225-UP 2P ST-2SP2 FP-2UP2 PM-2S P2
NF225-RP, NF225-UP 3P ST-2SP3 FP-2UP3 PM-2S P3
NF225-UP 4P ST-2SP4 FP-2UP4 PM-2S
- P4
NF400-CP/SP 2P ST-4SP2 PM-4SP2
FP-4SP3
NF400-CP/SP/SEP, NV400-CP/SP/SEP 3P
ST-4SP3 PM-4SP3
NF400-HEP/REP, NV400-HEP/REP 3P FP-4HP3
NF400-SP/SEP, NV400-SEP 4P FP-4SP4
ST-4SP4 PM-4SP4
NF400-HEP 4P FP-4HP4
NF630-CP/SP 2P ST-6SP2 PM-6SP2
FP-6SP3
NF630-CP/SP/SEP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP 3P
ST-6SP3 PM-6SP3
NF630-HEP/REP, NV630-HEP 3P FP-6HP3
NF630-SP/SEP, NV630-SEP 4P FP-6SP4
ST-6SP4 PM-6SP4
NF800-SDP 2P ST-6SP2 PM-8SP2
FP-6SP3
NF800-CEP/SEP, NV800-SEP 3P
ST-6SP3 PM-8SP3
NF800-HEP/REP, NV800-HEP 3P FP-6HP3
NF800-SEP 4P FP-6SP4
ST-6SP4 PM-8SP4
NF1000-SS, NF1250-SS 3P — FP-10SS3 —
NF1000-SS, NF1250-SS 4P — FP-10SS4 —
NF1000-SSD, NF1250-SSD 2P, 3P — FP-10SSD3 —
NF1000-SSD, NF1250-SSD 4P — FP-10SSD4 —
Line and load must be connected as shown in Normal and reverse connection methods
figure (a). Line Load
For MCCBs, line and load may also be

connected in reverse as shown in figure (b).
Load Line
Normal connection (a) Reverse connection (b)
43
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
Cassette-Type Internal Accessories

Connection type
Internal accessories Function Applicable models
Lead-wire terminal
Flying leads
block
AL (Alarm switch) Indicates that the breaker has tripped. ● ●

NF-C/S/U, NV-C/S and MB series
AX (Auxiliary switch) Indicates whether the breaker is ON or OFF. ● ●
Trips the breaker electrically by remote. Allowable tripping voltage is 70% to (NF3 0 ~ 2 5 0 ) (NF3 0 ~ 2 5 0 )
● ●
SHT (Shunt trip) 110% of the rated voltage for both AC and DC. NF-C/S/U, NV-C/S and MB (NF/NV4 0 0 ~ 8 0 0 )
(NF/NV4 0 0 ~ 8 0 0 )
series NF-C/S/U, NV-C/S and ● ●
Trips the breaker automatically when the voltage drops. The tripping voltage is MB series (NF3 0 ~ 2 5 0 )
●
UVT (Undervoltage trip) 35% to 70% of the UVT rated voltage. When the voltage recovers to 85% of the (NF/NV4 0 0 ~ 8 0 0 ) —
rated voltage or above, the UVT can be reset and the breaker closed. ●
Remark: Cassette-type accessories are field-mountable type. They are available for individual purchase.
ACCESSORIES
Built-In Internal Accessories

Connection type
Internal accessories Function Applicable models Lead-wire terminal
Flying leads
block
(NV3 0 ~ 2 2 5 )
Indicates that the breaker has been tripped by earth leakage. —
EAL (Earth-leakage alarm switch) ●
(Only available with lead-wire terminal block.) (NV4 0 0 ~ 8 0 0 )
●
TBM (Test button module) Applies a test voltage by remote. NV-C/S/U and MN series ● —
When installed on an earth-leakage circuit breaker, it allows the load side

MG (Insulation switch) ● —
insulation resistance to be measured while the breaker is off.
PAL (Pre-alarm module) Indicates that the load current exceeds the pre-alarm setting current. ● —
Electronic Types —
Indicates that the breaker has been tripped by overcurrent or short-circuit
OAL (Overcurrent trip alarm switch)
current. NF/NV4 0 0 ~ 8 0 0 -SEP
●
Switching Operation
● Alarm Switch (AL) Operation ● Meggering Switch (MG) Operation
Main MCCB contacts Alarm contacts Main ELCB conditions MG switch condition
ALa (open)
ALb (closed) *1
Off or on ALc (DC+)
ALa (closed)
ALb (open) *1
Tripped ALc (DC+)
Off or trip On
● Auxiliary Switch (AX) Operation
Main MCCB contacts Auxiliary contacts
AXa (open)
AXb (closed) *1
Off or tripped AXc (DC+)
AXa (closed) Insulation switch open MG switch closed
AXb (open) *1
On AXc (DC+)
● AL, AX Switch Capacities
● Earth-Leakage Alarm (EAL) Operation AC DC
Micro- Amps (A) Amps (A)
Main ELCB conditions Earth-leakage alarm contacts
switch
EALa (open) used Voltage (V) Resistive Inductive Voltage (V) Resistive Inductive
225A frame or less load load load load
Overcurrent, short circuit EALc
460 — — 250 0.2 0.2
trip or on or off
EALa (open) S 250 3 2 125 0.4 0.4
400A frame or more EALb (closed)
125 5 3 30 4 3
EALc
460 5 2 250 0.3 0.3
EALa (closed)
V 250 10 10 125 0.6 0.6
225A frame or less
EALc 125 10 10 30 10 6
Ground-fault trip 460 5 2.5 250 5 3
EALa (closed) *1
400A frame or more EALb (open) X 250 10 10 125 10 6
EALc 125 10 10 30 10 10
NOTE: *1. When DC use polarity must be considered.
44
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
Maximum Number of Internally Mounted Accessories

• MCCBS Left-side
Handle
Right-side
AL AX SHT or UVT TI Cassette-type accessories
mounting mounting MG EAL TBL PAL TBM Lead wire direction
NF30-SP NF100-SEP
NF50-CP/HP NF100-HEP
NF30-SP
NF60-CP/HP NF250-SEP
NF50-CP/HP
NF-C/S NF30-CS NF100-CP/SP NF250-HEP
NF60-CP/HP
NF100-CP/SP NF50-HRP NF250-CP/SP/HP
NF100-HP NF160-SP/HP
Type
NF100-RP/UP
NF-U
NF225-RP/UP
MB30-SP
MB50-CP/SP
MB
ACCESSORIES
MB100-SP
MB225-SP
Pole 2, 3 2 2, 3, 4 3, 4
Switch type S
AL 1 2 1 2
AX 1 2 1 2
✳3 ✳3 ✳3
SHT or UVT
1 2 1 2
AL + AX
1 2 1 2
Only 3 pole
Accessories
✳3 ✳3
AL + SHT or UVT
✳3 ✳3
AX + SHT or UVT
✳3 ✳3
AL + AX + SHT or UVT
✳4
PAL
The number within the circle shows the order of mounting.

✳ 1. Only lead-wire type available (LT or SLT is not applicable).
✳ 2. UVT mounting requires a UVT voltage module (SHT requires no such voltage module).
✳ 3. UVT unavailable.
✳ 4. PAL breakers signal an alarm at 70% to 100% of the rated current setting. Control voltage (AC 100-200V) is required.
45
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL

• MCCBs Left-side
Handle
Right-side
NF1000-SS
NF630-CP/SP NF1250-SS
NF400-CP/SP NF630-SEP/HEP/REP NF1600-SS
NF-C/S
NF400-SEP/HEP/REP NF800-CEP/SDP NF1000-SSD
Type NF800-SEP/HEP/REP NF1250-SSD
NF1600-SSD
NF-U NF400-UEP (3P) NF400-UEP (4P), NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP NF1250-UR

ACCESSORIES
Poles 2, 3, 4
Switch type S V
✳3
AL
✳3
1 3 1 5 3 1 3
AX 2 4
2 4 2 6 4 5 6
✳1 ✳1 ✳2
✳2 ✳2
SHT
or
UVT
✳3 ✳3
AL + AX
✳1 ✳1 ✳2
✳2 ✳2
✳3 ✳3
Accessories AL + SHT or UVT ✳4 ✳4
✳1 ✳1 ✳2
✳2 ✳2
✳3 1 3
5 ✳3
AX + SHT or UVT ✳4 2 4
✳4
1 3 1
3
2 4 2
✳1 ✳1 ✳2
✳2 ✳2
✳3 ✳3
AL + AX + SHT or UVT ✳4 ✳4
✳5 ✳5
PAL
(contact output)
Option for NF630-SEP/HEP/REP/UEP
Option for NF400-SEP/HEP/REP/UEP NF800-CEP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP
✳6 ✳6
TI
Option for NF630-SEP/HEP/REP/UEP

Option for NF400-SEP/HEP/REP/UEP NF800-CEP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP

✳1. SHT and UVT are right-pole mounting as standard. Please specify if left-pole mounting is required.
✳2. UVT mounting requires a UVT voltage module (SHT requires no such voltage module).
✳3. When mounting more than three left-pole mounting devices by SLT, or when mounting a SHT or UVT to the same pole as the AL, AX or AL + AX, a special-order SLT is necessary.
✳4. When mounting a UVT to the same pole as the AL, AX, or AL + AX, the UVT voltage module is separate.
✳5. SLT-equipped is standard. Control voltage (AC100~200V) is necessary. (In this case, no other accessories can be mounted to the breaker's right pole.)
✳6. SLT-equipped is standard. Control voltage (AC100~200V/DC100~200V) is necessary. (In this case, no other accessories can be mounted to the breaker's right pole.)
46
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
• ELCBs Left-side
Handle
Right-side
NV30-SP
NV50-CP/HP NV100-SEP
NV60-CP/HP NV100-HEP
NV-C/S NV30-CS
NV100-CP/SP/HP NV225-SEP
Type NV225-CP/SP/HP NV225-HEP
MN50-CP/SP
MN MN30-CS MN100-SP —
MN225-SP
ACCESSORIES
Poles 3 3, 4
Switch type S
AL
AX
MG
AL + AX
Accessories AL + MG
✳ ✳
EAL
TBL
✳ ✳
TBM
PAL

1. EAL, TBL, TBM and PAL can be mounted regardless of the number of AL, AX and MG accessories.
2. With auto reset for electrical operation, the number of AL switches is reduced by one.
✳ Control supply voltage is required (EAL, PAL: AC100-200V, TBM: 100-240V AC/DC common).
47
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL

• ELCBs Left-side
Handle
Right-side
NV630-CP/SP
NV400-CP/SP
Type NV-C/S NV630-SEP/HEP
NV400-SEP/HEP/REP
NV800-SEP/HEP
Poles 3, 4
Switch type S
✳2
ACCESSORIES
AL
✳2
AX
✳1 ✳1
SHT or UVT
✳2 ✳2
AL + AX
✳1 ✳1
✳2 ✳2
✳3 ✳3
Accessories AL + SHT or UVT
✳1 ✳1
✳2 ✳2
✳3 ✳3
AX + SHT or UVT
✳1 ✳1
✳2 ✳2
✳3 ✳3
AL + AX + SHT or UVT
MG
AL + MG

✳1. UVT mounting requires a UVT voltage module (SHT requires no such voltage module).
✳2. When mounting more than three left-pole mounting devices by SLT, or when mounting a SHT or UVT to the same pole as the AL, AX or AL + AX, a special-order SLT is necessary.
✳3. When mounting a UVT to the same pole as the AL, AX or AL + AX. the UVT voltage module is separate.
48
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
• ELCBs Left-side
Handle
Right-side
AL AX SHT or UVT TI
NV630-CP/SP
NV400-CP/SP
Type NV-C/S NV630-SEP/HEP
NV400-SEP/HEP/REP
NV800-SEP/HEP
Poles 3, 4
Switch type S
ACCESSORIES
AX + MG
AL + AX + MG
EAL
Accessories TBL
TBM
✳1 ✳1
PAL (contact output)
✳2 ✳2
TI

1. EAL, TBL, and TBM can be mounted regardless of the number of AL, AX, SHT, UVT and MG accessories. (However, two EALs, TBLs or TBMs cannot be mounted simultaneously.)
2. The PAL’s dimensions and specifications change for the NF-C/S and NV-C/S series.
✳1. SLT-equipped is standard. Control voltage (AC100-200V) is necessary. (In this case, no other accessories can be mounted to the breaker’s right pole.)
✳2. SLT-equipped is standard. Control voltage (AC100-200V/DC100-200V) is necessary. (In this case, no other accessories can be mounted to the breaker’s right pole.)
49
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
SHT (Shunt Trip Device)

• Coil Ratings
Input VA ✳1
Operating time
MCCB type Cut-off switch Voltage ( V )
(ms) ✳2
AC DC
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF50-HRP, NF60-CP/HP, NF100-CP/SP/HP, AC100-120 50

NF100-SEP/HEP, NF100-RP/UP, MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP, MB100-SP AC200-240
AC380-450 1 20 5~15
(50 also 60Hz)
NF160-SP/HP, NF250-CP/SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NF225-RP/UP, MB225-SP DC100 60
100V : 20
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, Equipped AC100~450/DC100~200 200V : 50 100V : 10
NF800-SDP/CEP/SEP/HEP/REP, NF400-UEP, NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP 5~15
(50 also 60Hz) 33 0V : 12 0 200V : 35
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP, NV800-SEP/HEP
450V : 170
AC100-120
ACCESSORIES
AC200-240
NF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSD/UR
AC380-450 200 70 7~15
NF1600-SS/SSD
(50 also 60Hz)
DC100
✳1. Any voltage drops in the input electric power must not exceed the allowable operating voltage range for the SHT operating power capacity.
✳2. The operating time includes the time up to the moment the breaker’s main contact disconnects after a voltage has been applied to the shunt trip device.
• Coil Ratings (List of manufacturable special voltages)

AC/DC
AC ( V ) DC ( V )
(V)
MCCB type
380 440 24
24 48 12 24 36 48 110 125 220
~550 ~550 ~48
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF50-HRP, NF60-CP/HP, NF100-CP/SP/HP,

NF100-SEP/HEP, NF100-RP/UP, NF160-SP/HP, NF250-CP/SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP, ● ● — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● —
NF225-RP/UP, MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP, MB100-SP, MB225-SP
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP,
NF800-SDP/CEP/SEP/HEP/REP, NF400-UEP, NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP — — ● — ● — — — — — — ●
NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP, NV800-SEP/HEP
NF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSD/UR
● ● — — ● ● ● ● ● ● — —
NF1600-SS/SSD
UVT (Undervoltage Tripping Device)

• Coil Ratings
Specification Coil rating
MCCB type Voltage V

For synch. For electrical
Input VA Operating time (T/s) ✳2
closing interlock
Standard voltage Special voltage ✳1
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF50-HRP,

NF60-CP/HP,
NF100-CP/SP/SEP/HP/HEP/RP/UP, ● ▲
(✳4) AC110-120 (✳3)
NF250-CP/SP/SEP/HP/HEP, NF225-RP/UP, 220-240
MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP/HC, MB100-SP, MB225-SP AC100-110 (✳3) 380-415
200-220 440-480
400-440 5 5~30
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP, 500-550
DC100 DC24
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP,
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP, ▲ 48
● 110
NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, (✳5)
NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP,
NV800-SEP/HEP
AC100-120 (✳3) AC24 (✳3)

NF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSD/UR 200-240 48 DC24
▲ ● 5 5~35
NF1600-SS/SSD 380-450 440-480 48
DC100-110 500-550 120-125
✳1. Rated voltage differs according to make and country of manufacture. Please consult your dealer.
✳2. The operating time is the time from the start of operating the breaker since the undervoltage trip went from voltage to no-voltage condition.
✳3. 50Hz and 60Hz for common use.
✳4. When the breaker is turned on without exciting to UVT (no-voltage condition), the contact of breaker tips (close momentary).
✳5. Mounts to the left pole.
50
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
Vertical Lead-wire Terminal block (SLT)

• Makes possible contact installation between terminal
block and breaker.
• No need for correspondent terminal.
• Staggered arrangement of terminal screws makes
wiring easier.
• It’s also easier to perform a check for tightness of
the terminal screws.
• Terminal cover for the terminal block is standard
(included).
• Terminal covers come in front, rear, and plug-in
connection types.
ACCESSORIES
• MCCBs Terminal cover 18
• ELCBs Terminal cover 18
B
B
10.5
D
10.5
25 10.5
25 10.5
86.5
86.5
86.5
86.5
92
7 7
A C A E
12.5 12.5
M 3.5 M 3.5
Self-lifting terminal Self-lifting terminal
screw screw
52
38.5
38.5
26.5
26.5
14.5
14.5
8 8
C
13.5 13.5
Key to dimensions Key to dimensions

MCCB type A B C ELCB type A B C D E
NF30-CS 4 4.5 44.5 NV30-CS, MN30-CS 4 4.5 — — 44.5

NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP, NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP, NV60-CP/HP, MN50-CP/SP 17.5 3.5 21.5
7 17.5
MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP
NF50-HRP, NF100-CP/SP/HP, NF100-SEP/HEP, NV100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-SEP/HEP, MN100-SP 7 30 2.5 30
30 54
MB100-SP
NV225-CP/SP/HP, NV225-SEP/HEP, MN225-SP 37 2.5 37
NF100-RP/UP 91
7 NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP 41 79.5 26.5 79.5
NF160-SP/HP, NF250-CP/SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP,
37
MB225-SP NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP, NV800-SEP/HEP 41 88.5 26.5 88.5
54
NF225-RP/UP 112
✳ Tightening torque for terminal screws: M3.5 0.9~1.2 N • m
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP 41 79.5
NF400-UEP (3P) 138 119.5

NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP,
41 88.5
NF800-SDP/CEP/SEP/HEP/REP
NF400-UEP (4P), NF630-UEP, N800-UEP 138 135.5
✳ Tightening torque for terminal screws: M3.5 0.9~1.2 N •m
• 14 Terminal (SLT)
25
Terminal cover
A
41 11 11 11 9
Key to dimensions
115
MCCB ELCB A B
7
8 NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP 20 60
17
M 3.5
Self-lifting terminal NF400-UEP (3P) 117 100
screw
B 75
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP
20 69
NF800-SDP/SEP/HEP/REP NV800-SEP/HEP
NF400-UEP (4P), NF630-UEP

117 116
NF800-UEP
60
47
33
✳ Tightening torque for terminal screws: M3.5 0.9~1.2 N • m

8
8
51
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
Pre-Alarm Module (PAL-M)

This module functions to give alarm output when are provided with this module as an option.
load current exceeds a preset current level and (Some modules are with this module as standard
serves for securing continuous power supply and equipment.) 1000 to 2000AF are prepared for
also for preventive maintenance. The electronic exclusive use.
breakers with mount digital ETR of 100 to 800AF
Pre-alarm LED Solid state relay (SSR) output- Pre-alarm module-Contact output (1a)
Type
(Auto reset) Contacties output (Auto reset) Switching capacity (Self-holding) Switching capacity Reset system
NF100-SEP NF100-HEP 24VDC 100-200VAC
Option
NF250-SEP NF250-HEP 20mA
NV100-SEP NV100-HEP
—
NV225-SEP NV225-HEP
ACCESSORIES
NF400-SEP NF400-HEP NF400-REP 100VAC or Press the reset switch or

NF400-UEP NF630-SEP NF630-HEP Standard equipment Option
200VAC 2A turn off control power.
NF630-REP NF630-UEP NF800-CEP
NF800-SEP NF800-HEP NF800-REP 24VDC 100-200VAC
Option
NF800-UEP 20mA
NV400-SEP NV400-HEP NV400-REP
NV630-SEP NV630-HEP NV800-SEP
NV800-HEP
➀Pre-alarm LED The LED starts blinking on the circuit breaker when load current exceeds the preset current, then changes to continuous glowing
when pre-alarm output is given.
②Solid-state relay output Open the upper cover of the circuit breaker, connect the connector of the lead wire packed together and use it as the lead wire
outlet. In this case, only the lead wire outlet of the internal accessories can be attached to the right pole. (For flush plate type,
the outlet is manufactured in advanced as a PAL mount.)
➂Pre-alarm module SLT is attached as standard and is used as the control power source of 100VAC or 200VAC. In this case, no other internal
accessories can be attached to the right pole. (Auto resetting is also applicable.)
•Pre-alarm characteristics
10h
5h 5h
Pre-alarm pick-up current
2h 2h
Pre-alarm pick-up current
1h 1h
30min 30min
20min 20min
14min 14min
10min 10min LTD operating time TL
6min LTD operating time TL 6min 12-60-100-150s ± 20%
4min 12-60-100-150s ± 20% 4min (at 200%)
Operating time
Operating time
(at 200%)
2min 2min
1min 1min
30s 30s
20s 20s
10s 10s Pre-alarm
Pre-alarm
5s 5s pickup current Ip
pickup current Ip
Ir x(0.7-0.75 Ir x(0.7-0.75
2s -0.8-0.85-0.9 ± 10% 2s -0.8-0.85-0.9 ± 10%
-0.95-1.0) -0.95-1.0)
1s Pre-alarm 1s Pre-alarm
0.5s operatiing time Tp 0.5s operatiing time Tp
Tp= TL ± 20%
Tp= TL ± 20% 2
0.2s 2 0.2s (at 200%)
(at 200%)
0.1s 0.1s
60 70 100 125 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500 60 70 100 125 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500
Current Current
Percentage (%) to rated current or preset current rating Percentage (%) to rated current or preset current rating
(NF/NV100,250AF) (NF/NV400,630,800AF)
PAL OUT LED

RISET
Reset switch
Indicator lamp (Example)

PALa
P2 (AC 100V or AC200V)

P1 Control power pre-alarm output
(PALc)
In the case of flush plate type. this is mounted on back

side of the circuit breaker.
52
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
Trip Indicator (TI) New

When the breaker is tripped, this accessory installed on the right side will 25
control power supply
display the cause of the trip--either long delay (LTD) , short or instantaneous
(STD/INST), earth-leakage (EAL) (with earth-leakage breakers only)--on its P1
Control voltage
P2
LED and output an alarm signal. In this case, both LTD and STD/INST are
treated as overcurrent trips (OAL) and output signals. Pre-alarm is also Long-time delay(LTD) alarm LED
output. Again, with this module, it is impossible to connect other internal Pre-alarm(PAL)LED
Earth-leakage alarm (EAL)LED
accessories to the breaker’s right side.) Short-time(STD),
98
instantaneous(INST) alarm LED
Reset switch
Type LED contents PALa
Pre-alarm output
PALc
NF400-SEP/HEP/REP/UEP OALa Overcurrent
OALc alarm output
NF630-SEP/HEP/REP/UEP Long-time delay, Short-time delay, Instantaneous, Pre-alarm EALa Earth -leakage
NF800-CEP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP EALc alarm output
ACCESSORIES
NV400-SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-SEP/HEP, Long-time delay, Short-time delay, Instantaneous,
NV800-SEP/HEP Earth-leakage, Pre-alarm
✳ Requires 100-200VAC control voltage.
3ø4W Neutral-pole protection Relay (NR)

• With 3-phase 4-wire circuits, the circuit’s supply voltage
depends on the neutral-pole tripping characteristics.
Phase/wire type 3 ø 4W
Rated voltage VAC 41 5
Usable supply voltage VAC 304~484
Usable voltage (line voltage) VAC 380 400 415 440
Total operating overvoltage (phase voltage) (135% of total phase voltage) VAC 296 312 323 343
Tripping
Total non-operating overvoltage (phase voltage) (120% of total phase voltage) VAC 263 277 288 305
characteristics
Total overvoltage operating time (s) 1
Overvoltage non-operating time (s) More than 0.1
Trip indication method Button
Reset method Reset button (open-phase display use)
1c
AC DC
cos ø L/R
Voltage Voltage
External output contacts 1.0 0.4 0 0.007
100, 120V 7A 7A 30V 7A 6A
200, 240V 7A 7A 125V 0.6A 0.6A
415V 5A 2A 250V 0.3A 0.3A
Remark: Using with a shunt-trip device (SHT) equipped breaker will improve tripping and phase protection.
57 M3.5 x 0.6 screw 39

37.5 self-tap terminal 9.5
63
Drilling plan
6
ø5mm or M4 x 0.7mm screw

11.5
R pole S Pole T Pole

7.5
Test button
52
Operation display
68
20
60
83
109
(reset button)
92.5
Current switch
74
52 52
11.5
N pole NRaNRbNRc min.12

10.5
Item output terminal

4.8 x 6.8 mounting hole
mounting screw M4 x 0.7 mm
53
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
Measuring Display Unit (MDU)

• Energy management becomes possible by • When the circuit breaker is tripped, fault cause and
measurement and display of load current, line fault current stored in EEPROM. It makes cause
voltage, electric power, electric energy, harmonic investigation and restoration of power line possible.
current (3rd, 5th, 7th and total) and power factor of Fault cause : over current (L) and short-circuit (SI)
MDU. Fault current : up to 16 times the max. rated
• MDU with pulse output option can output pulse when current can be displayed.
electric energy accumulated setting unit. MDU with • The max. demand value of load current, line voltage
CC-Link option can transfer measured data to open total harmonic current, electric power and electric
network CC-Link. energy (hourly value), are stored in EEPROM. And
• When a circuit breaker outputs a alarm, LED on MDU with CC-Link option can store the outbreak
MDU turns on. time of these. It makes easy finding of peak time of
PAL : pre-alarm power consumption possible.
ACCESSORIES
OVER : over current

Items Type NF400-SEPM/HEPM NF630-SEPM/HEPM NF800-SEPM/HEPM
Load current : Present value, demand value, maximum demand value , , ,
Line voltage : Present value, demand value, maximum demand value , , ,
Harmonic current (3rd, 5th, 7th and total harmonics) :
, , ,
Present value, demand value, maximum demand value
Electric power : Present value, demand value, maximum demand value , , ,
Measured and Electric energy :
, , ,
displayed Electric energy, electric energy (hourly value), maximum electric energy (hourly value)
value Power factor : Present value , , ,
Rated (maximum) measuring current (note2.) 400A (800A) 630A (1260A) 800A (1600A)
Accuracy of measurring current ±10A ±15.7A ±20A
Rated (maximum) measuring voltage (note2.) AC440V (690V)
Accuracy of measurring voltage ±11V
Measurment range of power factor Lead 0~1~0 Lag
Fault current/cause ,
Alarm LED
PAL, OVER ,
indication
Alarm contact Pre-alarm (PAL) (Power supply AC/DC100-240V required) ,PAL
output (option)
(note1.) Trip indicator (TI) (Power supply AC/DC100-240V required) ,PAL, OAL
Phasing line 3φ3W, 1φ3W (3 poles breaker), 3φ4W (4 poles breaker)

Electric energy accumulated pulse output (option) (note3.) ,
CC-Link transmission (option) (note3.) ,
Control power (Allowable voltage range 85~110%) AC/DC100-240V 12VA(note4.)
Note1. The module (terminal) is attached to the right side of the breaker.
Pre-alarm (PAL) output function can set “Self-holding” or “Auto reset”.
For function of alarm contact output (PAL, OAL), MDU and the circuit breaker must be connected with the mutuality and
the control power must be supplied to MDU and alarm contact output module.
Note2. If input is over range, in this case, MDU display maximum measuring value.
Note3. Pulse output option and CC-Link option cannot be attached at the same time.
Note4. When control power supplied to MDU, then rushed current transitionally, max. 40Apeak, 1ms (at 240VAC).
54
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
Measuring Display Unit
Numerical display Phase selection Function selection Unit display

LED (6digit) LED LED LED
Mode selection Measured value Alarm display

LED selection LED LED
m A
k V UP/DOWN active LED
Measuring
Display % W
Unit Wh
MODE PHASE VALUE FUNCTION ALARM

A HARMONICS I1 V1-2 PRESENT DEMAND TIME PAL UP/DOWN
CLEAR OVER switch
V TRIP I2 V2-3 MAX.
W I3 V3-1 DEMAND
kWh/imp
Wh PF
ALARM HOLD ALARM RESET
ENTER
ACCESSORIES
Phase selection Function ENTER switch
switch selection switch
Mode selection Measured value Alarm reset

switch selection switch switch
NF400~800-SEPM/HEPM
Breaker mounting
Mounting MDU panel
Hold dimensions
Breaker Space greater than
5 107 MDU is connected with circuit breaker via flat cable. the values shown in the figure
103
Conductors below must be secured.
25 G H
thickness 140
F Operation/display side
tE
12
I
Panel
SEPM(P), HEPM(Q)
Upper side
MDU terminal plate
Trip
B
C
button 65 25.5 30 137 140

M6 screw PE 48
FG or 7
102
98
Front panel cut out

D
20
76
82
Breaker mount K 24
25
56.5
46
R6
B
38
Flat cable
R
Terminal Panel holder plate Front panel cut out

J
connector
R2
cover MDU G
128
51 136
14
12.5 M12 bolt 97
72
A 131 L M
R3
140 (400AF) 155 N O

MDU Terminal arrange
210
(630, 800AF)
MDU control
1 2 3 4 L2 L1 power supply
FG
L1 L2 1 2 3 4 5
A Frame A B C D E F G H I
400 70 39 79 257 8 8 44 44 194 Terminal cover
630 105 32 87 275 8 8 44 70 243
800 105 32 87 275 12 10 46 70 243 Panel mounting Breaker mounting
A Frame J K L M N O P Q R Panel mounting 1 2 3 4 breaker mounting 1 2 3 4 5
400 50 68 59 59 71 71 237 367 198 no transmission – – – – no transmission – FG – – –

630 46 103 86 86 56 86 246 376 214 PULSE 114 113 – – PULSE – FG – 113 114
800 46 103 86 86 56 86 246 376 214 CC-Link note 2 CC-Link FG SLD DG DB DA
note 1 : Please contact our company about outline of 4P and outline of contact alarm output. note 2 : Please contact our company about outline of CC-Link and Terminal arrange of CC-Link Panel mounting.
Hold dimensions is 1.0mm clearance on the side of the circuit breaker cut out.
Please contact our company about outline CC-Link and Terminal arrange
of CC-Link Panel mounting.
55
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
Electrically Operated MCCBs and ELCBs

ACCESSORIES
a) Motor-operated type (1) b) Motor-operated type (2) c) Spring-charged type

(MD) (MD) (MDS)
• Specifications
NF100-CP — —
NF-C series NF400-CP NF630-CP NF800-CEP NF400-CP NF630-CP NF800-CEP
NF250-CP
NF400-SP NF1000-SS NF400-SP NF1000-SS
NF50-HRP NF1000-SSD NF1000-SSD
NF400-SEP/HEP/REP NF400-SEP/HEP/REP
NF100-SP/HP NF100-SEP/HEP NF1250-SS NF1250-SS
MCCB NF-S series NF630-SP NF630-SP
NF160-SP/HP NF250-SP/HP NF1250-SSD NF1250-SSD
type NF630-SEP/HEP/REP NF1600-SS NF630-SEP/HEP/REP NF1600-SS
NF250-SEP/HEP
NF800-SEP/HEP/REP NF1600-SSD NF800-SEP/HEP/REP NF1600-SSD
NF100-RP NF100-UP
NF-U, MB series NF225-RP NF225-UP NF400-UEP NF630-UEP NF800-UEP NF1250-UR NF400-UEP NF630-UEP NF800-UEP NF1250-UR
MB100-SP MB225-SP
NV100-CP — —
NV-C series NV400-CP NV630-CP NV400-CP NV630-CP
NV225-CP
NV400-SP NV400-SP
ELCB NV100-SP/HP NV100-SEP/HEP NV400-SEP/HEP/REP NV400-SEP/HEP/REP
NV-S series — —
type NV225-SP/HP NV225-SEP/HEP NV630-SEP/HEP NV630-SEP/HEP
NV800-SEP/HEP NV800-SEP/HEP
MN100-SP
MN series — — — —
MN225-S P
Electrical operation system Motor-operated type (1) Motor-operated type (2) Motor-operated type (2) Spring-charged type Spring-charged type
Rated operating voltage (V) 100/110VDC, 100/110VAC, 200/220VAC
100-240VAC/100-220VDC (125VDC, 240VAC)
(Allowable voltage range
24VDC
85~110%) ✳1 O FF ON OFF ON
Operating DC 100/110V 0.20 3.0 (8.0) 4.0 (8.0) 1.0 (3.0) 8 1.0 (3.0) 9
current
(A, rms)✳2 100/110V 0.50 4.0 (8.0) 5.0 (10.0) 1.0 (3.0) 8 1.0 (3.0) 8
AC
200/220V 0.35 2.0 (4.5) 3.5 (7.0) 0.5 (1.5) 7 0.5 (1.5) 7
Operating time On 0.05 0.07
Less than 0.5 (self-holding) Less than 0.3 (self-holding) Less than 0.3 (self-holding)
(s) Off Less than 3 (self-holding) Less than 3 (self-holding)
Required transformer
10 0 400 70 0 700 700
capacity (VA)
Endurance voltage (V) 1500
✳ 1. ( ) voltages are special options and might require an external resistor. For details, consult your dealer.
✳2. ( ) shows starting currents.
■General precautions for motor-operated circuits is 1500V. When performing a dielectric

electrical MCCBs strength test simultaneously with another device at a
•Motor-operated types have intermittent ratings, and voltage over 1500V, the operating circuit terminal
therefore they should not be operated more than 10 should be disconnected.
times consecutively (one on/off counts as an
operation). ■Automatic Reset
•The operating voltage should be between 85~110% •If the breaker is an auto reset type, it contains a built-
of the rated control voltage. in alarm switch and the off-control circuit closes
•When the breaker is tripped by trip button or when the breaker is tripped. Since the breaker
breakdown (i.e., overload or short circuit), the automatically resets itself after tripping, the power is
breaker will not show that it has been tripped (except easily restored by switching on the breaker again.
for motor-operated type 1 breakers). With a UVT mounted, however, auto reset may not
•The dielectric strength of the electrical operating be possible. In this case, please consult your dealer.
56
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
• Terminal connections
Connection Front Rear Flush Plug-in ✳1
50~250 ● ● ● ●
400~800 ● ● ● ●
AF
1000~1250 ● ● ● ●
1600 ● ● ● —
Remarks: All 2-pole breakers are constructed by removing the central pole from the appropriate 3-pole type.
✳1. For NV types, only 3-pole of 100 and 225AF available.
ACCESSORIES
• Structure and Operation
■ Motor-operated type (1)
•Electrical operation
Motor rotation is changed by DC motor, gear and cam
to linear motion to switch the breaker ON and OFF
(reset).
• Manual operation
Set the slide switch to Manual. Insert the handle and
rotate it clockwise for ON or anticlockwise for OFF
(reset). After manual operation is complete, turn the
slide switch back to Auto.
• Cautions during electrical operation
1. When performing ON and OFF (reset) switching,
the current flow is very low (approx. 15mA, DC24V).
Therefore the operating switch should be suitable for
low current. P2 P1
2. If the breaker has a UVT attached, do not give

continuous OFF signals. CV
K1 K3
K3
K2 K5 K3 K4
3. For automatic resetting system, use the alarm
switch (for microload) of the circuit LS1
M K4
breaker and wire the operation switch circuitry
K4 K5 K1 K2
(between terminals S1, S2 and S4) as ON control
circuit
OFF control
circuit K5
shown in Fig. 1.
Notice that in a circuit without interlocking as shown in LS3 LS2
Fig. 2, application is made

immediately after resetting if the circuit-breaker trips
when the ON signal is applied S1 S2 S4
continuously. Take care not to allow the continuous

Switching power supply
application of the ON signal. (multi voltage model) ON OFF
CV
Diode stack
(24V dc model)
Fig.1 Moter-operated device Moter-operated device Fig.2 LS1
Limit switch
(for cam position detection)
S1 S2 S4 S1 S2 S4
Limit switch (for breaker handle
AL"a" AL"a" LS2
OFF OFF position detection)
Limit switch
LS3
ON
(MANUAL/AUTO selector)
ON
M Motor
4. Switching the internal power supply could interfere K1 Relay (for ON operation)
with nearby communications equipment such as AM
K2 Relay (for OFF operation)
radio. If this is cause for concern, it’s recommended
that a noise filter be installed between terminals P1 K3 Relay (for motor)
and P2 and the power supply. K4 Relay (for motor)
K5 Relay (for motor)
57
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
Electrically Operated MCCBs and ELCBs

■ Motor-operated type (2) • Control circuit
• Electrical operation The dotted line shows an additional connection for the
Forward and reverse motor rotation is changed by
ball screw to switch the breaker ON and OFF automatic-reset type.
(reset). (1) Control circuit 1.
• Manual operation (400,630 and 800AF)
The manual operation handle can be used to switch breaker is OFF state
the breaker ON and OFF directly. Earth terminal
• Cautions during electrical operation (DC-) P2 X

1. In case the UVT operates and a circuit breaker trips Operational Z
Z Z Y
if the breaker has a UVT, the re-closing procedure power supply Y T1
M
ACCESSORIES
P1 Y
may differ according to the state of the breaker before X
tripping. T1 X Y X
When the circuit breaker trips while turned ON..... ON S1 X

Reset (OFF) -> Turn ON Y
T1
OFF T2
When the circuit breaker trips while turned OFF..... RESET S4 Y
LS
Turn ON (idle tripping) -> Reset (OFF) -> Turn ON 95 T2

(If it fails to turn ON (idle tripping), please operate ALa
Reset (OFF) and turn ON.)
2. Do not send ON and OFF signals consecutively. An
interval of at least 0.5s is required between each ON
(2) Control circuit 2.
and OFF.
(NF1000-SS to NF 1600-SS)
3. For models with auto reset capability, resetting after
an NFB trip should be performed after an interval of
0.5s. Earth terminal
(DC-) P2 Z X
4. The electrical operating device is equipped with a Y
X
Z Z
pumping prevention circuit. Although it is possible to Operational
power supply P1
T1 M
Y X Y
set the device to OFF while it is set to ON, it is Y X
impossible to return it to ON immediately. To return to X Z
ON, first shut off the ON switch, then set it back to ON. Y
X
5. Special care is required during electrical operation ON S1
T1
because the manual operation handle moves at high OFF T2 Y
LS
RESET S4
speed. Also be sure to turn off the circuit power supply
when using manual operation. 95
T2
6. With manual operation, ensure that the handle is ALa
fully extended.
M :Motor
X :Relay for ON operation
Y :Relay for OFF operation
Z :Relay for changing Motor polarity
T1 :Timer ror antipumping
T2 :Timer for automatic reset
LS :Limit Switch
ALa :Alarm switch for automatic reset (a contact)
Manual operation
Internal structure
58
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
■ Spring-charged type
• Electrical operation
When the ON switch is closed, the coil is excited to
release the latch mechanism and the force of the
closing spring turns the breaker ON instantly.
When the OFF switch is closed, a relay starts the
motor which turns the breaker OFF and charges the
spring simultaneously.
• Manual operation
Pressing the ON button will release the latch
mechanism and the force of the closing spring turns
ACCESSORIES
the breaker ON instantly.
Pressing the leaf spring, pulling out the manual
handle and pumping it back and forth over 10 times
will turn the breaker OFF and charge the spring at
the same time.
• Cautions during electrical operation
Whenever an electrical operation device is to be Internal structure
installed in or removed from the breaker, the breaker
must be tripped and the device discharged.
Pushing the TRIP button on an MCCB with an
electrical-operation device installed will not trip the • Control circuit
breaker in the OFF state. This does not mean the The dotted line shows an additional connection for the
breaker is faulty. automatic-reset type.
Switching OFF a breaker with an electrical-operation
device installed will take 3s. If instant opening is Internal connection
required, install an SHT or UVT to the breaker.
• The breaker contains a built-in pumping-prevention Earth terminal
relay. (DC-) P2 LS3
Operational X
M
power supply
P1 X X LS2
Y Y
ON S2
LS1
OFF CC
RESET S4 Y
Ala
Alarm switch for automatic resetting (contact a)
CC.....Coil for making

Y.....Relay for pumping prevention
X.....Relay for self-sustaining on OFF side
LS1...Limit switch interlocking with cam
LS2...Limit switch interlocking with cam
LS3...Limit switch interlocking with OFF lock plate
M....Motor
59
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
Mechanical Interlocks (MI)

• Front, Rear, Plug-in
With two breakers, use a panel-mounted mechanical
interlock for one-way only input.
A breaker-mounting mechanical to mount on the Breaker mounting (front)
breaker main unit can be made to order. Consult your Type F G Type F G P
dealer for more details. MI-05SPFB3 25 111
MI-4SPFB3 44 194 190
Front, Rear, Plug-in (panel mounting) MI-1SPFB3 30 132
MI-2SPFB3 35 126 MI-6SPFB3 70 243 260
Mechanical interlock Mechanical interlock

Mechanical
22
44
interlock
ACCESSORIES
22(30)
44(55)
Mechanical
70 interlock Breaker
Breaker Breaker
70(100)
A Panel thickness
Stroke A Panel thickness
(t1~3.2mm) Stroke (t1.6~3.2mm) Mechanical terminal mount
B
Mechanical terminal mount

120
B
1.5 P
15 Stroke 47.5 Stroke

Gap between panel Gap between panel
and breaker and breaker
43.5
45
External dimensions External dimensions
94.5
61
Mounts to 4-5.5mm-dia hole, Differs with main

7.5mm-dia countersunk (rear)*2 breaker unit drilling plan.
Mounts to 4-5.5mm-dia hole,
7.5mm-dia countersunk (rear)*2 Differs with main
breaker unit drilling plan. External dimensions
Breaker
15.5(20)
15.5
Mechanical
31
Mechanical
31(40)
interlock interlock
50
C
Breaker
Breaker
G
G
50(80)
D
P P
Mechanical interlock F F
( ) dimension are shown for NF1600-SS·NF1600-SSD F F
120 M4x0.7 screws P M6 screws
or 5mm-dia or 7mm-dia
Drilling plan Drilling plan Drilling plan (breaker mount)

Fig.1 Fig.2 Fig.3 Fig.4
✳1. Above 400AF, use panel thickness t=1.6~3.2mm.
✳2. When the panel thickness is greater than t=2.3mm, use 4-5.5mm-dia 9.5mm dia countersunk (rear).
• Table of Altered Dimensions

Breaker mount
Breaker type Pitch (P) ✳1 Dimensions (mm)
(✳4)
Special
Standard Standard C Type
MCCB ELCB Standard t A B D E Fig. Fig.
(✳3)
Type 2P 3P 3P Type 4P 3P
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP,
— 120 — — — — — 15 33 63 47.5 58 — —
NF60-CP/HP
(✳2)
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP, MI-05SP3 Fig.1
—
NF60-CP/HP, MB30-SP, NV60-CP/HP, — 120 — 130 MI-05SP4 120 15 33 63 — 58 MI-05SPFB3 Fig.3
MB50-CP/SP MN50-CP/SP
NF100-CP/SP — 120 — — — — — 15 33 63 45 58 — —
NF50-HRP, NF100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-CP/SP/HP,
MI-05SP3 63 MI-1SPFB3 Fig.3
NF100-SEP/HEP, MB100-SP NV100-SEP/HEP, MN100-SP — 12 0 130 150 MI-1SP4 130 15 33 — 58
NF100-RP/UP — (✳2) 32.5 — —
F i g .1
NF250-CP/SP/HP, NV225-CP/SP/HP, —
63 MI-2SPFB3 Fig.3
NF250-SEP/HEP, MB225-SP NV225-SEP/HEP, MN225-SP MI-05SP3 1 20 150 180 MI-2SP4 150 15 33 — 58
NF225-RP/UP — 25.5 — —
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP 1 90 83.5 MI-4SPFB3
MI-4SP3 — 210 MI-4SP4 25 0 47.5 33 — 74
NF400-UEP(3P) — — 190 63.5 —
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP, (✳2)
220 83.5 F i g .1 MI-6SPFB3 Fig.4
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP NV800-SEP/HEP —
MI-6SP3 24 0 MI-6SP4 29 0 47.5 33 — 74
NF400-UEP(4P), NF630-UEP,
— — 220 60 —
NF800-UEP
NF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSD — M-10SS3 220 — — MI-10SS4 29 0 47.5 47 37.5 — — — —
NF1250-UR — M-12UR3 — 250 — — MI-12UR4 320 2.3 47.5 47 37.5 — — Fig.2 — —
NF1600-SS/SSD — M-16SS3 315 — — MI-16SS4 426 65 54.5 39 — — — —
✳1. Specify the breaker mounting pitch (P)

✳2. No need to specify the panel thickness (t). (Usable panel thickness range: t=1~3.2mm. Above 400AF, use panel thickness t=1.6~3.2mm.)
✳3. For isolation purposes with 400/630/800AF models, keep the C dimension deviation within ±1mm.
✳4. Enquire for more details.
Remarks: Mechanical interlock walking type (MI-W) for electrical operating can be made to order. Consult your dealer. (Above 400AF)
60
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
• Flush
44
22
Mechanical Mechanical
68
22(30)
44(55)
interlock interlock
E
Breakers
Breaker 70
(100)
ACCESSORIES
70
*1
A Panel thickness
*1 Stroke (t1.6~3.2mm)
A Stroke
Panel thickness
B
(t1~3.2mm)
B
24
20 External dimensions
Mounts with 2-5.5mm-dia Differs with main breaker

External dimensions and M5 x 0.8 screws. unit drilling plan.
Mounts with 2-5.5mm-dia Differs with breaker

28
and M5 x 0.8 screws. main unit drilling plan.
14(20)
Mechanical
C
Mechanical 28(40) interlock
56
interlock
C
Breakers
Breaker
D P
P
( ) dimension are shown for NF1250-UR·NF1600-SS·NF1600-SSD
Drilling plan Drilling plan

Fig.5 Fig.6
✳1. Above 400AF, use panel thickness t=1.6~3.2mm.
• Table of Altered Dimensions

Breaker type Pitch (P) (MIN) ✳1 Dimensions (mm)
Standard
MCCB ELCB A B C D E Fig.
Type 2P 3P Type 4P
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP,
— 150 — — — 15 49.5 75.5 62.5 58
NF60-CP/HP
MI-05SPFP3 Fig. 5
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP,
— 150 MI-05SPFP4 175 15 49.5 75.5 — 58
NF60-CP/HP, MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP NV60-CP/HP, MN50-CP/SP
NF100-CP/SP — 180 — — — 15 49.5 75.5 75 Fig. 5
NF50-HRP, NF100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-SEP/HEP,
75.5
NF100-SEP/HEP, MB100-SP MN100-SP MI-1SPFP3 — 180 MI-1SPFP4 215 15 49.5 — 58
NF100-RP/UP — 45
Fig. 5
NF250-CP/SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NV225-CP/SP/HP, NV225-SEP/HEP,
75.5
MB225-SP MN225-SP MI-2SPFP3 180 MI-2SPFP4 215 15 49.5 — 58
NF225-RP/UP — 38
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP MI-4SPFP3 2 24 MI-4SPFP4 270 47.5 53 96 — 74
NF400-UEP(3P) — MI-4UPFP3 — 246 — — 47.5 53 76 — 74
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP, Fig. 5
MI-6SPFP3 300 MI-6SPFP4 370 47.5 53 96 — 74
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP NV800-SEP/HEP
NF400-UEP(4P), NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP — MI-6UPFP3 — 314 MI-6UPFP4 383 47.5 53 72.5 — 74
NF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSD — MI-10SSFP3 300 MI-10SSFP4 370 47.5 48 36 — —
Fig. 6
NF1250-UR, NF1600-SS/SSD — MI-16SSFP3 426 MI-16SSFP4 538 65 56.5 39 — —
✳1. Specify the breaker mounting pitch (P)
61
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
• Handle Lock Devices, Extension Handles and Card Holders

Product Lock cover (LC) Handle lock (HL) Handle lock (HL-S) Card holder
Breaker type
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP 2P HLS-05SP2P (✳1)

NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP, NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP 3P LC-05SP HL-05SP (✳1)
ACCESSORIES
HLS-05SP (✳1)
NV60-CP/HP, MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP, MN50-CP/SP 4P
NF100-CP/SP 2P HLS-1SP2P (✳1)
NF100-CP/SP, NF100-SEP/HEP, MB100-SP 3P
NV100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-SEP/HEP, MN100-SP 4P CH-P No.5
2P HLS-1SP (✳1)
NF50-HRP, NF100-HP/RP/UP 3P LC-1SP HL-1SP (✳1)
4P
NF160-SP/HP 2P
NF250-CP/SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NV225-CP/SP/HP, NV225-SEP/HEP, MB225-SP, 3P HLS-2SP (✳1)
MN225-SP, NF225-RP/UP 4P
Product Handle (HT) Handle lock (HL) Handle lock (HL-S) Card holder
Breaker type
NF400-CP, NV400-CP HT-4CP HL-4CP (✳1·2)

NF400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP HLS-4SP (✳1)
NV400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP
NF400-UEP (3P) HLS-4UP (✳1)
NF400-UEP (4P) HT-4SP HL-4SP (✳1·2)
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP
NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP HLS-6SP (✳1) CH-P No.3
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP
NV800-SEP/HEP
NF1000-SS/SSD
NF1250-SS/SSD
HT-10SS HL (✳1) —
NF1250-UR
NF1600-SS/SSD
Remarks:
1. Padlocks for HL and HL-S must be provided by the customer. ✳1. Must be ordered with breaker.
✳2. The HL without padlock can be used as a lock cover (LC).
• IEC 35mm Rail Mounting Adapters

Number of
Breaker type Parts number M4 x 0.7
poles screw IEC 35 mm rail
mounting adapter
2P DIN-05SP2
6
3P
DIN-05SP3
35
NV30-SP, NV 50-CP/HP, NV60-CP/HP, MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP, MN50-CP/SP 3P
2P DIN-1SP2
NF100-CP/SP
3P
7
DIN-1SP3
NF50-HRP, NF100-HP, NF100-SEP/HEP, NV100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-SEP/HEP 2P
13
MB100-SP, MN100-SP 3P
62
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
F-Type Operating Handle

• Appearance (color: N1.5)
• Includes as standard a safety device which prevents
breaker closing as long as the cover is open. (Specify
if this safety feature is not required.)
• Indicates the tripping of the breaker even in ON-lock
position--but only in cases when a single padlock
(35mm) is used.
• Degrees of protection (in accordance with IEC60529):
IP3X (IP5X with provision of dustproof packing).
ACCESSORIES
External dimensions Center of hinge and breaker
Type Left hinge Right hinge
H X1 H X2
Less than 10 170 or more
F05SP2P~F2UP 0 or more (5H +100) or more
10 or more (5H + 120) or more
150
104
F4SP~F120UR4P 0 or more (8H +150) or more 0 or more (4H + 70) or more

G
104 Panel thickness 150

20
Panel thickness
1.2~3.2
F-type operating handle
1.2~3.2
45 A±2 Extension handle 50 A±2 Front panel
(option)
(a) (b)
Drilling plan
H
H
Left hinge Breaker Right hinge
Breaker Breaker
Center of breaker Center of breaker
4- 12 4- 15
(X) (Y)
X1 X2
8
F
F
90
11
112
78
(Y) (X)
The figure above shows the relationship between the hinge
78 112 E
and breaker viewed from the load side of the breaker.
C
E
(c) (d) (e) (f)
Fig Dimensions (mm)

Mounting
Type Breaker type Number of poles s crews
External Drilling ✳5
A C D E F G
dimensions plan
F05SP2P NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP 2P e —

NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP, NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP 111
F05SP 3P , 4P f 25 (X )
NV60-CP/HP, MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP, MN50-CP/SP
105 Breaker
F1SP2P NF100-CP/SP 2P e — — mounting
NF100-CP/SP, NF100-SEP/HEP, NV100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-SEP/HEP screws
3P , 4P 132 (2pcs)
F1SP MB100-SP, MN100-SP 30 M4 x 0.7
a c screw —
NF50-HRP, NF100-HP 2P, 3P, 4P (Y)
o r ø5
Operating
F1UP NF100-RP/UP 2P, 3P, 4P 105 30 193 30.5
f handle
mounting
NF160-SP/HP
screws
F2SP NF250-CP/SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NV225-CP/SP/HP 2P, 3P, 4P 107 35 12 6 —
(2 pcs)
NV225-SEP/HEP, MB225-SP, MN225-SP
F2UP NF225-RP/UP 2P, 3P, 4P 107 35 20 1 37.5

F4SP NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP 2P, 3P, 4P
183 44 194 —
F4SPNV NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP 3P, 4P
F4 UP NF400-UEP 3P 280 44 234 20
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP M6 screw
F6SP 2P, 3P, 4P 130
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP or ø7
(X) (Y)
183 70 243 —
NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP, Breaker
F6SPNV 3P , 4P b d f mounting
NV800-SEP/HEP
screws
F6UP NF400-UEP (3P), NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP 3P, 4P 280 70 290 23.5 (4 pcs)
F100 NF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSD 2P, 3P
221 70 375 —
F1004P NF1600-SS/SSD 4P M8 screw
200
F120UR 3P or ø10
NF1250-UR 225 70 375 —
F120UR4P 4P
*1. Handles with NV in the product name include a test button.

*2. Dustproof packing is also available as an option.
*3. Other optional handles can also be mounted.
*4. F4SP~F6UP are for isolation purposes. (Speify OFF lock only.)
*5. The figures show the dimensions of the front connection. Some connection and
plug-in breakers have a different reference surface for mounting purposes.
63
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
S-Type Operating Handle

• Indicates the tripping of the breaker even in ON-lock
position--but only in cases when a single padlock
(35mm) is used.
• Degrees of protection (in accordance with IEC60529):
IP5X.
Operating plate Front panel Front panel

Operating plate Operating plate
External
dimensions
max. 150
ACCESSORIES
Decorative plate
Decorative plate
max. 95
ON ON
IP IP
TR TR
114
OFF
114
OFF
max. 145
130(S4CP·S4SP)
max. 115
80
180(S100)
Operating
45 plate
110 55
34 40
47 59 110
(a) (b)
4- 4.5
4- 5.5
Drilling Centre of Centre of
breaker breaker
plan 62 62
D
D
9
70
84
41.5 ± 4
35 ± 5
47 45
70
*3
*3
12 84
*1 *1
Retainer 12
Retainer *5
Deviation: 4 mm or less
Deviation: 2 mm or less
Center of breaker's Front panel
Front panel
handle Deviation: 4mm or less Center of breaker's
100 or more (210 or more if hinge handle Deviation: 5mm or less
is mounted on the left) 110 or more (250 or more if hinge
*3 is mounted on the left)
17 43.5 ± 4 Front panel applicable thickness : 1.2 to 3.2 *3
25 102 ± 5 Front panel applicable thickness : 1.6 to 3.2
*1
Retainer *1
Hinge Retainer
*2C ± 2
Hinge
B±2
A±2
*2
B±2
A±2
Retainer *2
(option) Retainer
(option)
(c)
Reference plane
for mounting the breaker
Reference plane
for mounting the breaker (d)
Fig Dimensions (mm)

Type Breaker type
External
Drilling plan A✳4 B ✳4 C ✳4 D
dimensions
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP, NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP
S05SP a c 87 102 104.5 0
NF50-HRP, NF100-CP/SP/HP, NF100-SEP/HEP, NV100-CP/SP/HP
0
S1SP NV100-SEP/HEP, MB100-SP, MN100-SP a c 87 10 2 104.5
NF100-RP/UP 30.5
NF160-SP/HP
NF250-CP/SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NV225-CP/SP/HP 0
S2SP NV225-SEP/HEP, MB225-SP, MN225-SP a c 95 11 0 112.5
NF225-RP/UP 37.5
S4CP *5 NF400-CP, NV400-CP b d 140 156 — 0
NF400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP 162 178 —
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV800-SEP/HEP
S4SP *5 b d
NF400-UEP (3P) 259 275 — 20
NF400-UEP (4P), NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP 259 275 — 23.5
NF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSD
199 215 — 0
S100 NF1600-SS/SSD b d
NF1250-UR 203 219 — 0
*1. Retainers are not included. They must be provided by the customer.
*2. When using optional retainer.
*3. Shows the tolerance for the distance from the center of a 62mm dia. hole.
*4. The figures show the front-connection dimensions. Some rear-connection and plug-in breakers have a different reference surface for mounting purposes.
*5. S4CP and S4SP are for isolation purposes. (Specify OFF lock only.) The tolerance is less than 5mm. It does not conform to isolation purposes, however, if the deviation is more than 2mm.
64
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
SS-Type Operating Handle

• Contact your dealer for external dimensions and
drilling plan.
Type Breaker type

NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP, NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP,
SS05SP
NF50-HRP, NF100-CP/SP/HP, NF100-SEP/HEP, NF100-RP/UP,
SS1SP
NV100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-SEP/HEP, MB100-SP, MN100-SP
NF160-SP/HP,
SS2SP NF250-CP/SP/HEP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NF225-RP/UP, NV225-CP/SP/HP,
ACCESSORIES
SS4CP NF400-CP, NV400-CP
NF400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP,
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP,
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV800-SEP/HEP
SS4SP
NF400-UEP (3P)
NF400-UEP (4P), NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP

NF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSD
62SS NF1250-UR
NF1600-SS/SSD
65
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
V-Type Operating Handle

■ Appearance
• Can be locked in OFF position only.
• The door is locked when ON and can only be opened in OFF position.
• Degrees of protection (in accordance with IEC60529): IP54.
Outview
ACCESSORIES
(a) (b)
External dimensions Drilling plan

Center of
Front panel breaker's handle Center of breaker
Center of
breaker's handle Breaker Breaker
2- 9
54
54
A
B
54
Panel
thickness Q
E
1.2~3.2 G H
(c) M M4x0.7 screw
or 5
(e) M M
M4x0.7 screw
or 5
D
C F J min
2-, 3-Pole 4-Pole
K max
Center of Front panel

breaker's handle Breaker
4- 10 Z Z
Hinge Hinge
63
104
(left side) Breaker (right side)

L
M6 screw X X
or 7
104
N X
O or more P or more
(d) M
(f)
Breakers type Fig. Dimensions (mm)

Type Drilling
MCCB ELCB Outview A B C D E F G H J K L M P Q
plan
NF50-HRP, NF100-CP, NF100-CP T/A, NV100-CP, NV100-SP,
V1SP NF100-SP, NF100-SP T/A, NF100-HP, NV100-HP, NV100-SEP, 155 90 90 90 16 49 41 61 154 518 132 30 5N+100 15
NF100-HP T/A, NF100-SEP, NF100-HEP NV100-HEP
NF160-SP, NF160-SP T/A, NF160-HP, a c, e
NV225-CP, NV225-SP,
NF160-HP T/A, NF250-CP, NF250-CP T/A,
V2SP NV225-SEP, NV225-HP, 165 90 105 90 16 49 43 61 154 518 126 35 5N+100 17.5
NF250-SP, NF250-SP T/A, NF250-HP,
NV225-HEP
NF250-HP T/A, NF250-SEP, NF250-HEP
NV400-CP, NF400-SP, NF400-SEP,
V4SP —
NF400-HEP
257 140 140 140 25 62 76 97 217 539 194 44 8N+150 —
V4SPNV — NV400-CP, NV400-SP
NV400-SEP, NV400-HEP b d, f
NF630-CP, NF630-SP, NF630-SEP
NV630-CP, NV630-SP
NF630-HEP
V6SP NV630-SEP, NV630-HEP 275 140 210 140 25 62 76 97 217 539 243 70 8N+150 —
NF800-CEP, NF800-SDP, NF800-SEP
NV800-SEP, NV800-HEP
NF800-HEP
66
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
R-Type Operating Handle

■ Appearance
• Can be locked in OFF position only.
Outview
ACCESSORIES
(a) (b)
External dimensions Drilling plan
Center of
breaker's handle Center of breaker
Breaker Breaker Breaker

K
K
A
B
M4 screw M4x0.7 screw M6 screw

or 5 or 5 or 7
M
L L
L L
E G
D F H
2-, 3-Pole 4-Pole (d)
C J (c) (c)
Breaker type Fig Dimensions (mm)

Type
Drilling
MCCB ELCB Outview A B C D E F G H J K L M
plan
NF50-HRP, NF100-CP, NF100-CP T/A, NV100-CP, NV100-SP,
R1SP NF100-SP, NF100-SP T/A, NF100-HP, NV100-HP, NV100-SEP, 155 110 90 89 16 29 61 102 135 132 30 15
NF100-HP T/A, NF100-SEP, NF100-HEP NV100-HEP
NF160-SP, NF160-SP T/A, NF160-HP, a c

NV225-CP, NV225-SP,
NF160-HP T/A, NF250-CP, NF250-CP T/A,
R2SP NV225-SEP, NV225-HP, 165 110 105 89 16 29 61 104 137 126 35 17.5
NF250-SP, NF250-SP T/A, NF250-HP,
NV225-HEP
NF250-HP T/A, NF250-SEP, NF250-HEP
NF400-CP, NF400-SP, NF400-SEP,

R4SP —
NF400-HEP
257 128 140 140 25 43 97 174 218 194 44 —
R4SPNV — NV400-CP, NV400-SP,
NV400-SEP, NV400-HEP b d
NF630-CP, NF630-SP, NF630-SEP,

NV630-CP, NV630-SP,
NF630-HEP
R6SP NV630-SEP, NV630-HEP, 275 128 210 140 25 43 97 174 218 243 70 —
NF800-CEP, NF800-SDP, NF800-SEP,
NV800-SEP, NV800-HEP
NF800-HEP
67
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
Terminal Cover
Large terminal cover Small terminal cover Transparent terminal Rear terminal cover Plug-in terminal cover
(TC-L) (TC-S) cover (TTC) (BTC) (PTC)
Breaker type
A A
A A A
B
C
B
C
B
B
C C
TCL-03CS2 TCS-03CS2 TTC-03CS2 BTC-03CS2

NF30-CS 2P —
(45✕30.5✕25) (45✕30.5✕5) (45✕30.5✕25) (45✕30.5✕6.5)
TCL-03CS3 TCS-03CS3 TTC-03CS3 BTC-03CS3

NF30-CS, NV30-CS, MN30-CS 3P —
(67✕30.5✕25) (67✕30.5✕5) (67✕30.5✕25) (67✕30.5✕6.5)
ACCESSORIES
TCL-05SP2 ✳1 TCS-05SP2 TTC-05SP2 ✳1 BTC-05SP2 PTC-05SP2

NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP 2P
(50✕64✕ 25) (50✕64✕5) (50✕64✕25) (50✕64✕6.5) (50✕64✕6.5)
NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP, NV60-CP/HP 3P
(75✕65.5✕ 25) (75✕64✕ 5) (75✕65.5✕ 25) (75✕64✕ 6.5) (75✕64✕ 6.5)
MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP, MN50-CP/SP
NF50-HP TCL-05SP4
4P — — — —
NF60-HP (100✕65.5✕25)

NF100-CP/SP 2P
(60✕65.5✕ 40) (60✕65.5✕ 6.5) (60✕65.5✕ 40) (60✕65.5✕ 6.5) (60✕65.5✕ 6.5)
NF100-CP/SP, NF100-SEP/HEP, NV100-CP/SP/HP

3P
TCL-1SP3 ✳2 TCS-1SP3 TTC-1SP3 ✳2 BTC-1SP3 PTC-1SP3 ✳3
(90✕65.5✕ 40) (90✕65.5✕ 6.5) (90✕65.5✕ 40) (90✕65.5✕ 6.5) (90✕65.5✕ 6.5)
NF50-HRP, NF100-HP, NF100-RP/UP 2P, 3P
TCL-1SP4 ✳2
NF100-SP/HP/UP, NF100-SEP/HEP, NV100-SEP/HEP 4P — — — —
(120✕65.5✕40)
NF160-SP/HP
NF250-CP/SP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NF225-RP/UP 2P TCL-2SP3 ✳2 TCS-2SP3 TTC-2SP3 ✳2 BTC-2SP3 PTC-2SP3 ✳4
NV225-CP/SP/HP, NV225-SEP/HEP, MB225-SP 3P (105✕65.5✕ 40) (105✕65.5✕ 6.5) (105✕65.5✕ 40) (105✕65.5✕ 6.5) (105✕65.5✕ 6.5)
MN225-SP
TCL-2SP4 ✳2
NF250-SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NV225-SEP/HEP, NF225-UP 4P — — — —
(140✕65.5✕50)
Remarks: 1. ( ) Shows external dimensions in mm.

2. Terminal covers for 4-pole models can be made to order. (Terminal covers other than the TCL-05SP4 are not solid moldings.)
✳ 1. To order F-type operating handle, add F to the end of the product number. (The F-type terminal cover uses screws to fasten.)
✳ 2. Can be combined as standard with an V.R. F-type operating handle.
✳ 3. Except for NF100-RP/UP and NV100-RP.
✳ 4. Except for NF225-RP/UP and NV225-RP.
68
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
Large terminal cover Transparent terminal cover Rear terminal cover Plug-in terminal cover
(TC-L) (TTC) (BTC) (PTC)
A
Breaker type B
C Fig.1
A
A A
B
C B
B
A
C
B C
C Fig.2
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP TCL-4SP3 ✳3 TTC-4SP3 BTC-4SP3 PTC-4SP3

2P, 3P
NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP (171✕99.5✕110) (171✕104.5✕110) (140✕99.5✕42) (140✕99.5✕42)
Fig. 1
TCL-4SP3 ✳1 BTC-4SP3 ✳1
NF400-UEP 3P — —
(171✕132.5/196.5✕110) (140✕132.5/196.5✕42)
ACCESSORIES
TCL-4SP4 ✳4 TTC-4SP4 BTC-4SP4 ✳2
NF400-SP/SEP/HEP, NV400-SEP/HEP 4P —
(240✕104.5✕110) (240✕104.5✕110) (185✕97.5✕39)
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP TCL-6SP3 ✳5 TTC-6SP3 BTC-6SP3 ✳2

2P, 3P —
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV800-SEP/HEP (224✕103.5✕155) (224✕103.5✕155) (210✕97.5✕32)
TCL-6UP3 ✳1 BTC-6SP3 ✳1,✳2

NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP 3P — —
(220✕146/194.5✕155) (210✕146/194.5✕32)
NF630-SP/SEP/HEP, NV630-SEP TCL-6SP4 ✳6 TTC-6SP4 BTC-6SP4 ✳2

4P —
NF800-SEP/HEP (294✕103.5✕155) (294✕103.5✕155) (280✕97.5✕32)
TCL-6UP4 ✳1 Fig. 2 BTC-6SP4 ✳1,✳2

NF400-UEP, NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP 4P — —
(290✕146/194.5✕155) (280✕146/194.5✕32)
NF1000-SS/SSD TCL-10SS3
2P, 3P — — —
NF1250-SS/SSD (220✕139✕150)
NF1000-SS/SSD TCL-10SS4
4P — — —
NF1250-SS/SSD (290✕139✕150)
TCL-12UR3
NF1250-UR 3P — — —
(250✕143✕230)
TCL-12UR4
NF1250-UR 4P — — —
(320✕143✕230)
Remarks: 1. ( ) Shows external dimensions in mm. (A✕B✕C)

✳ 1. Line side/Load side
✳ 2. These covers can be mounted on plug-in type.
✳ 3. Except for NF400-HEP/REP and NV400-HEP/REP.
69
CHARACTERISTICS
MCCBS
• NF30-CS, NF30-SP, NF50-CP, NF60-CP, NF50-HP, NF60-HP,
MB30-SP, MB50-CP, MB50-SP
• Operating Characteristics
4h 4h 4h
2h AC use 2h DC use 2h
MB30-SP
1h NF30-SP NF50-CP 1h NF30-SP NF50-CP 1h
NF60-CP NF50-HP NF60-CP NF50-HP MB50-CP
30min 30min 30min MB50-SP
20min NF60-HP 20min NF60-HP 20min
14min 14min 14min
10min 10min 10min
6min 6min 6min
4min 4min 4min
2min 2min 2min
Max. Max.
Operating time
Max.
Operating time
Operating time
1min 1min 1min
30s 30s 30s
20s 20s 20s
10s 10s 10s
CHARACTERISTICS
5s 5s 5s
2s Min. 2s
2s
Min. Min.
1s 1s 1s
0.5s 0.5s 0.5s
0.2s 0.2s 0.2s

0.1s 0.1s 0.1s
0.05s 0.05s 0.05s
0.02s 0.02s 0.02s

0.01s 0.01s 0.01s
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40

x100% of rated current x100% of rated current x100% of rated current
3h
2h
Operating Characteristics
1h
40min
Type NF30-CS
20min
10min
6min
4min
2min
1min
40s
• Temperature Characteristics
30s Max.
20s
Operating time
Operating time change rate (%)
10s
Rated ambient
6s 300
4s 250
200
2s
150
1s
100
0.6s 80
0.4s 70
Min.
-5 0 10 20 30 40 50
0.2s
Ambient temperature (°C)
0.1s
0.06s
0.04s
0.02s
0.01s
0.006s
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 40 50 70 100
Standard attached parts (Front connection)
✕100% of rated current
Mounting screw M4x0.7x35 (2 and 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)
for NF30-CS M4x0.7x20 2pcs
Insulation barrier (2P: 1pc, 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)
Only NF50-HP, NF60-HP, MB50-SP
70
CHARACTERISTICS
• NF50-HRP, NF100-CP, NF100-SP, NF100-HP, NF100-SEP,

NF100-HEP, NF100-RP, NF100-UP, MB100-SP
4h
NF100-HP 15A~30A
2h 4h
NF100-SP 15A~30A
NF100-HP 40A~100A
1h MB100-SP 12.5A~32A 2h NF100-SP 40A~100A
NF50-HRP 15A~30A NF100-CP 50A~100A
30min 1h
20min NF100-RP 15A~30A MB100-SP 40A~100A
14min NF100-UP 15A~30A 30min
20min NF50-HRP 40A,50A
10min NF100-RP 40A~100A
14min
6min 10min NF100-UP 40A~100A
4min 6min
2min 4min
Max.(60A ~ 100A)
2min
CHARACTERISTICS
Operating time
1min
Max. Operating time Max.(40A, 50A)
1min
30s
20s 30s
20s
10s
10s
5s Min.
Min. 5s
2s
2s
1s
1s
0.5s
0.5s
0.2s 0.2s
0.1s 0.1s
0.05s 0.05s
0.02s 0.02s
0.01s 0.01s
Time delay trip Instantaneous trip Time delay trip Instantaneous trip
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x100% of rated current x100% of rated current
Note: The characteristics for both AC and DC use are the same; Note: The characteristics for both AC and DC use are the same;
however, the products differ from each other. however, the products differ from each other.
4h
NF 100-SEP NF 100-HEP 130
2h
Note ) 15~30A
1h 120
Current rating (%)
Current setting Ir Rated current In

ambient
30min
Rated
20min 15~20A 20A

14min 30~50A 50A 110
10min 60~100A 100A
6min
4min 100
LTD operating time TL 40~100A
2min 12-60-80-100s±20%
90
1min (at 200%)
Operating time
30s 80
20s (Rated ambient 30°C) -5 0 10 20 30 40
10s
Pre-alarm STD pickup current Is
5s pickup current Ip Ir x (2-2.5-3-3.5-4- 130
Rated ambient
Continuous load current (%)
Ir x (0.70-0.75-0.8- 5-6-7-8-10) ± 15%

2s 0.85-0.9-0.95
120
-1.0) ± 10%
1s
Pre-alarm 110
0.5s operating time Tp STD operating time Ts
TL 0.3 ± 0.06s 100
0.2s Tp= 2 ± 20% 0.2 ± 0.04s
0.1s (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03s 90
0.06 ± 0.02s
0.05s 80
Max. total breaking
time
0.02s 70
INST pickup current Ii 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
0.01s Note x 4 ~ x16±15%
(Magnification to Rated current) Ambient temperature (°C)
0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x 100% of rated current Standard attached parts (Front connection)
Current setting (✕100% of Ir)
Instantaneous tripping current (✕100% of In) Mounting screw M4x0.7x35 (2 and 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)
for NF100-RP and NF100-UP M4x0.7x35 4pcs
Insulation barrier (2P: 1pc, 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs) 71
CHARACTERISTICS
MCCBS
• NF100-CP T/A, NF100-SP T/A, NF100-HP T/A
4h 4h
2h 2h 80Ampere
Thermal-Adjustable types Thermal-Adjustable types
rating
1h 1h
NF100-SP Ir NF100-SP Ir
30min NF100-HP 80-100A 30min 63Ampere NF100-HP 63-80A
20min NF100-CP 20min rating NF100-CP
14min 14min
10min 10min
6min 6min
4min 4min
Max. Instantaneous trip current Max. Instantaneous trip current
2min 2min
1200A±240A 945A±189A
Operating time
Operating time
1min
CHARACTERISTICS
1min
30s 30s
20s 20s
Min. Min.
10s 10s
5s 5s
80Ampere
2s rating 2s 63Ampere
rating
1s 1s
0.5s 100Ampere 0.5s 80Ampere
rating rating
0.2s 0.2s Max. total
Max. total
interrupting 0.1s interrupting
0.1s
time time
0.05s 0.05s
0.02s 0.02s
0.01s 0.01s
Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x100% of Ir x100% of Ir
4h
2h
1h
Thermal-Adjustable types • Temperature Characteristics
NF100-SP Ir
30min NF100-HP 40-63A
20min NF100-CP
14min
10min 130
15-20A
6min
Current rating (%)
20-25A
ambient
4min 120
Rated
Max. Instantaneous trip current

2min 110
600A±120A
Operating time
1min 100 25-40A

40-63A
30s 63-80A
20s 90
80-100A
Min.
10s 80
(rated ambient 40°C) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
5s Ambient temperature (°C)
40Ampere
2s rating
1s Standard attached parts (Front connection)
0.5s 63Ampere Mounting screw M4x0.7x35 (2 and 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)
rating Insulation barrier (2P: 1pcs, 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)
0.2s Max. total
interrupting
0.1s time
0.05s
0.02s
0.01s
Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x100% of Ir
72
CHARACTERISTICS
4h 4h
2h 2h
1h NF100-SP Ir 1h NF100-SP Ir
30min NF100-HP 25-40A 30min NF100-HP 20-25A
20min NF100-CP 20min NF100-CP
14min 14min
10min 10min
6min 6min
4min 4min
Max. Instantaneous trip current Max. Instantaneous trip current
2min 2min
375A±75A 300A±60A
Operating time
Operating time
1min 1min
CHARACTERISTICS
30s 30s
20s 20s
Min.
10s 10s
5s 5s
Min.
2s 25Ampere 2s 20Ampere
rating rating
1s 1s
0.5s 40Ampere 0.5s 25Ampere
rating rating
0.2s 0.2s
Max. total Max. total
0.1s interrupting 0.1s interrupting
time time
0.05s 0.05s
0.02s 0.02s
0.01s 0.01s
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
4h
2h
1h
Thermal-Adjustable types • Temperature Characteristics
NF100-SP Ir
30min NF100-HP 15-20A
20min NF100-CP
14min
10min 130
15-20A
Current rating (%)
6min 20-25A
ambient
4min 120
Rated
Max. Instantaneous trip current

2min 110
225A±45A
Operating time
1min 100 25-40A

40-63A
30s 63-80A
90
20s 80-100A
10s 80
(rated ambient 40°C) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Min.
2s 15Ampere
rating
1s
0.5s 20Ampere
rating
0.2s Max. total
0.1s interrupting
time
0.05s
0.02s
0.01s
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x100% of Ir
73
CHARACTERISTICS
MCCBS
• NF160-SP, NF160-HP, NF250-CP, NF250-SP, NF250-HP, NF250-SEP,
NF250-HEP, NF225-RP, NF225-UP, MB225-SP
4h
NF160-SP NF250-CP
2h
NF160-HP NF250-SP
1h NF250-HP
NF225-RP 4h
30min
20min NF225-UP
2h NF250-SEP NF250-HEP
14min MB225-SP Note )
10min 1h
30min Current setting Ir Rated current In
6min
4min 20min 125~250A 250A
14min (Adjustable)
10min
2min
Max. 6min
1min 4min
Operating time
LTD operating time TL

CHARACTERISTICS
30s
2min 12-60-80-100s ±20%
20s 1min (at 200%)
Operating time
10s 30s
20s
5s
125~225A 10s
Min. Pre-alarm STD pickup current Is
2s 5s pickup current Ip Ir x (2-2.5-3-3.5-4-
250A Ir x (0.70-0.75-0.8- 5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
1s 2s 0.85-0.9-0.95
-1.0) ±10%
0.5s 1s
Pre-alarm STD operating time Ts
0.5s
0.2s Max. total operating time Tp
interrupting time TL ±20% 0.3 ± 0.06s
0.2s Tp= 0.2 ± 0.04s
0.1s 2
0.1s (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03s
0.05s 0.06 ± 0.02s
0.05s
Max. total breaking
0.02s time
0.02s
INST pickup current Ii
0.01s 0.01s Note x 4 ~ x14 ±15%
Time delay trip Instantaneous trip (Magnification to Rated current)
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x 100% of rated current
x100% of rated current
Instantaneous tripping current (✕100% of In)
Note: The characteristics for both AC and DC use are the same;
however, the products differ from each other.
130
Rated ambient
130
Rated ambient
120
Current rating (%)
120
110
110
100 100
90
90
80
80 70
-5 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Ambient temperature (°C) Ambient temperature (°C)
(rated ambient 30°C)

Insulation barrier (2P: 2pcs, 3P: 4pcs, 4P: 6pcs)
For NF225-RP and NF225-UP

M4x0.7x73 (2 and 3P: 2pcs)
74
CHARACTERISTICS
• NF160-SP T/A, NF160-HP T/A
4h 4h
2h 2h
NF160-SP NF160-HP NF160-SP NF160-HP
1h 1h
Ir : 125-160A Ir : 100-125A
30min AC 30min AC
20min 20min
14min 14min
10min 10min
6min 6min
4min 4min
2min Instantaneous trip current 2min Instantaneous trip current
1400A±280A 1400A±280A
Operating time
Operating time
1min 1min
CHARACTERISTICS
Max. Max.
30s 30s
20s 20s
10s 10s
5s 5s
Min. 125Ampere rating Min. 100Ampere rating
2s 2s
1s 1s
0.5s 0.5s
160Ampere rating 125Ampere rating
0.2s 0.2s
Max. total
0.1s 0.1s
interrupting time Max. total
0.05s 0.05s interrupting time
0.02s 0.02s
0.01s 0.01s
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
130
Rated ambient
120
Current rating (%)
110
100
90
80
5 10 20 30 40 50 60

75
CHARACTERISTICS
MCCBS
4h 4h
2h Thermal-Adjustable types 2h Thermal-Adjustable types
1h NF250-CP NF250-SP 1h NF250-CP NF250-SP
NF250-HP NF250-HP
30min Ir : 200-250A 30min Ir : 150-200A
20min 20min
14min AC 14min AC
10min 10min
6min 6min
4min 4min
2min Instantaneous trip current Instantaneous trip current
2min
2500A±500A 2100A±420A
Operating time
Operating time
1min 1min
CHARACTERISTICS
Max.
30s Max. 30s
20s 20s
10s 10s
5s 200Ampere 5s 150Ampere
Min. rating Min. rating
2s 2s
1s 1s
0.5s 0.5s
250Ampere rating 200Ampere rating
0.2s 0.2s
0.1s Max. total 0.1s
interrupting time Max. total
0.05s 0.05s interrupting time
0.02s 0.02s
0.01s 0.01s
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
130
Rated ambient
120
Current rating (%)
110
100
90
80
5 10 20 30 40 50 60

76
CHARACTERISTICS
• NF400-CP, NF400-SP, NF400-SEP, NF400-HEP, NF400-REP
4h 10h
2h 5h
NF400-SEP
1h NF400-CP 2h NF400-HEP
NF400-SP NF400-REP
30min 250 300 350 400A 1h Note)
20min LTD operating time Current setting Rated Current
14min AC,DC 30min
20min at 125% Ir: 200~400A In: 400A
10min 1000s(TL=150s set)
14min (Adjustable)
6min 10min 670s(TL=100s set)
4min 6min 400s(TL= 60s set)
2min 4min 80s(TL= 12s set)
12-60-100-150s ±20%
CHARACTERISTICS
Operating time
1min 2min
Max. (at 200%)
1min
Operating time
30s
20s 30s
20s
10s
10s
5s Pre-alarm STD pickup current Is
Min. NF400-CP 5s pickup current Ip Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4
2s Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
2s -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%
1s -0.95-1.0)
NF400-SP 1s
0.5s Pre-alarm
0.5s STD operating time Ts
operating time Tp
0.3 ± 0.06s
0.2s
0.2s Tp= TL ±20% 0.2 ± 0.04s
2
0.1s Max. total
interrupting time 0.1s (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03s
0.05s 0.06 ± 0.02s
0.05s
0.02s 0.02s
INST pickup current II Max. total
0.01s 0.01s x4~x16 ±15% breaking time
Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip (Magnification to In)
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
Note: When ordering, please specify if for DC use. Current setting (✕100% of Ir)
130
Rated ambient
130
Rated ambient

Current rating (%)
120 120
110 110
100 100
90 90
80 80
Rated ambient 40°C 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Rated ambient 45°C 5 15 25 35 45 55 70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Mounting screw M6x60 (4pcs)
77
CHARACTERISTICS
MCCBS
• NF400-UEP
10h
5h
2h NF400-UEP
1h Note)
LTD operating time Current setting Rated Current
30min In: 400A
20min at 125% Ir: 200~400A
14min 1000s(TL=150s set) (Adjustable)
10min 670s(TL=100s set)
6min 400s(TL= 60s set)
4min 80s(TL= 12s set)
2min 12-60-100-150s ±20%
CHARACTERISTICS
(at 200%)
1min
Operating time
30s
20s
10s
5s pickup current Ip Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4
Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
2s -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%
-0.95-1.0)
1s
0.5s
operating time Tp
0.3 ± 0.06s
0.2s Tp= TL ±20% 0.2 ± 0.04s
2
0.1s (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03s
0.06 ± 0.02s
0.05s
0.02s
0.01s x4~x16 ±15% breaking time
(Magnification to In)
0.60.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40

130
Rated ambient
120
110
100
90
80
70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Mounting screw M6X65 (2pcs) M6x162 (2pcs)
Insulation barrier (3P: 4pcs)
78
CHARACTERISTICS
• NF630-CP, NF630-SP, NF800-SDP
4h 4h
2h 2h
NF630-CP NF800-SDP
1h NF630-SP 1h
30min 500A,600A,630A 30min 700A,800A
20min AC,DC 20min DC
14min 14min
10min 10min
6min Inst. trip adjustment 6min Inst. trip adjustment
4min range (4 steps) 4min range (4 steps)
Inst trip
2min Control current (%)
2min Control Inst trip
Max. setting NF630-SP Max.
setting current (A)
1min. 1min.
Operating time
Operating time
CHARACTERISTICS
Lo 2600±520
Lo 500±100 2 3900±780
30s 2 800 30s 3 5200±1040
20s 3 1100 20s Hi 6500±1300
Hi 1400±280
10s 10s
5s Min.
5s
NF630-SP
Min. Adjustable range
2s of inst. pick up 2s Adjustment
current range
1s 1s 700A
0.5s 0.5s
NF630-CP Adjustment
0.2s 0.2s range
800A
0.1s 0.1s
Max. total Max. total
0.05s interrupting time 0.05s interrupting time
0.02s 0.02s
Time-delay trip Inst trip Time-delay trip Inst trip
0.01s 0.01s
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
✕100% of rated current ✕100% of rated current
Rated ambient
130
Current rating (%)
NF600-CP, NF600-SP
120
110
100
NF800-SDP
90
80
Rated ambient 40°C 0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Mounting screw M6X35 (4pcs)
79
CHARACTERISTICS
MCCBS
• NF630-SEP, NF630-HEP, NF630-REP, NF800-CEP, NF800-SEP,
NF800-HEP, NF800-REP
10h 10h
5h NF630-SEP NF800-CEP
5h
NF630-HEP NF800-SEP
2h NF630-REP 2h NF800-HEP
NF800-REP
1h Note) Note)
1h
LTD operating time Current setting Rated Current LTD operating time Current setting Rated Current
30min at 125% Ir: 300~630A In: 630A 30min Ir: 400~800A In: 800A
20min 20min at 125%
1000s(TL=150s set) (Adjustable) 1000s(TL=150s set) (Adjustable)
14min 14min
10min 670s(TL=100s set) 10min 670s(TL=100s set)
6min 400s(TL= 60s set) 6min 400s(TL= 60s set)
LTD operating time TL LTD operating time TL
2min 12-60-100-150s ±20% 2min 12-60-100-150s ±20%
CHARACTERISTICS
(at 200%) (at 200%)

1min 1min
Operating time
Operating time
30s 30s
20s 20s
10s 10s
Pre-alarm STD pickup current Is Pre-alarm STD pickup current Is
5s pickup current Ip Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4 5s pickup current Ip Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4
Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15% Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
2s -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10% 2s -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%
-0.95-1.0) -0.95-1.0)
1s 1s
Pre-alarm STD operating time Ts Pre-alarm
0.5s 0.5s STD operating time Ts
operating time Tp operating time Tp
0.3 ± 0.06s 0.3 ± 0.06s
0.2s Tp= TL ±20% 0.2 ± 0.04s 0.2s Tp= TL ±20% 0.2 ± 0.04s
2 2
0.1s (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03s 0.1s (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03s
0.06 ± 0.02s 0.06 ± 0.02s
0.05s 0.05s
0.02s 0.02s
INST pickup current II Max. total INST pickup current II Max. total
0.01s x4~x15 ±15% 0.01s x4~x12 ±15%
(Magnification to In) breaking time (Magnification to In) breaking time
0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40

Current (✕100% of Ir) Current (✕100% of Ir)
Instantaneous tripping current (✕100% of In) Instantaneous tripping current (✕100% of In)
130
Rated ambient
120
110
100
90
80
70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Mounting screw : M6X35,
Insulation barrier (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)
80
CHARACTERISTICS
• NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP
10h 10h
5h NF630-UEP 5h NF800-UEP
2h 2h
Note) Note)
1h Current setting Rated Current 1h Current setting Rated Current
LTD operating time LTD operating time
30min Ir: 300~630A In: 630A 30min at-125% Ir: 400~800A In: 800A
20min at-125%
(Adjustable) 20min 1000s(TL=150s set) (Adjustable)
14min 1000s(TL=150s set) 14min
10min 670s(TL=100s set) 10min 670s(TL=100s set)
2min 12-60-100-150s ±20% 2min 12-60-100-150s ±20%
(at 200%) (at 200%)
1min 1min
CHARACTERISTICS
Operating time
Operating time
30s 30s
20s 20s
10s 10s
Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15% Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
2s -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10% 2s -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%
-0.95-1.0) -0.95-1.0)
1s 1s
Pre-alarm Pre-alarm STD operating time Ts
0.5s STD operating time Ts 0.5s
0.3 ± 0.06s 0.3 ± 0.06s
Tp= TL ±20% 0.2 ± 0.04s Tp= TL ±20% 0.2 ± 0.04s
0.2s 2 0.2s 2
0.1s (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03s 0.1s (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03s
0.06 ± 0.02s 0.06 ± 0.02s
0.05s 0.05s
0.02s 0.02s
INST pickup current II Max. total INST pickup current II Max. total
0.01s x4~x15 ±15% 0.01s x4~x12 ±15% breaking time
(Magnification to In) breaking time (Magnification to In)
0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
Current (✕100% of Ir) Current (✕100% of Ir)
Instantaneous tripping current (✕100% of In) Instantaneous tripping current (✕100% of In)
130
Rated ambient
120
110
100
90
80
70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Mounting screw 3P: M6X35, M6x132 (2pcs each) 4P: M6x35
(3pcs), M6x132 (2pcs)
81
CHARACTERISTICS
MCCBS
• NF1000-SS, NF1250-SS
3h 3h
2h Type 2h Type
NF1000-SS NF1250-SS
1h Rated current 500,600, 1h
40min 40min Rated current 600, 700,
700,800,900,1000A adjustable 800, 1000, 1200A, 1250
30min 30min
Short-time pickup 20min adjustable
20min
current adjustable Short-time pickup
10min 500% ± 50% 10min current adjustable
750% ± 75% 500% ± 50%
6min 1000% ± 100% 6min
4min 4min 750% ± 75%
inst, pickup current
1000% ± 100%
+4kA
2min 20KA -2kA Fixed 2min inst, pickup current
Maximum AC Maximum +4kA
20KA -2kA Fixed
CHARACTERISTICS
1min 1min AC
40s 40s
Operating time
Operating time
30s 30s
20s 20s
Minimum
10s 10s Minimum
6s 6s
Short-time pickup current Short-time pickup current
4s 4s
ajustment range ajustment range
2s 2s
1s 1s
0.6s 0.6s
0.4s 0.4s
For 600A rated
0.2s For 500A 0.2s current
rated current
0.1s 0.1s
0.06s Unlatching time 0.06s Unlatching time
0.04s 0.04s
For 1000A rated current For 1250A rated current
0.02s 0.02s
Max. total interrupting time Max. total interrupting time
0.01s 0.01s
1 1.25 2 3 5 10 20 40 1 1.25 2 3 5 10 20 40
Current (✕100% of rated current) Current (✕100% of rated current)
130
Rated ambient
120
110
100
90
80
70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Extention handle (1pc)
82
CHARACTERISTICS
• NF1000-SSD, NF1250-SSD
3h 3h
2h 2h
1h 1h
Type Type
40min 40min
NF1000-SSD NF1250-SSD
20min 1000A 20min 1250A
DC Maximum DC
10min 10min
Maximum
6min 6min
4min 4min
2min 2min
1min 1min
CHARACTERISTICS
40s 40s Inst. trip adjustment range
30s 30s Minimum
Operating time
Operating time
20s Inst. trip adjustment range 20s (4 steps)
Minimum
(4 steps) Control Inst. trip
10s Control Inst. trip 10s setting current(A)
6s setting current(A) 6s L0 2800 ± 700
4s L0 2800 ± 700 4s 2 4200 ± 700
2 4200 ± 700 3 5600 ± 700
2s 2s
3 5600 ± 700 Hi 7000 ± 700
1s Hi 7000 ± 700 1s
0.6s 0.6s
0.4s 0.4s
0.2s 0.2s
0.1s 0.1s
0.06s Max. total 0.06s Max. total
0.0.4s interrupting time 0.0.4s interrupting time
0.02s 0.02s
Time Time
Inst. trip Inst. trip
0.01s delay trip 0.01s delay trip
1 1.25 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 40 50 70 1 1.25 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 40 50 70
Current (✕100% of rated current) Current (✕100% of rated current)
• Ambient Compensation
130
1000A
Rated ambient
120
Current rating (%)
110
1200A
100
90
80
5 10 20 30 40 50 60

83
CHARACTERISTICS
MCCBS
• NF1250-UR
3h
2h Type
1h NF1250-UR
40min Rated current 600,700,800,1000,
30min 1200,1250A adjustable
20min Short-time pickupcurrent adjustable
10min 500% ± 50%
750% ± 75%
6min 1000% ± 100%
4min inst. pickup current adjustable
+4kA
20kA -2kA Fixed
2min Maximum
1min
CHARACTERISTICS
40s
Operating time
30s
20s
10s
6s Minimum
4s Short-time pickup current
adjustment range
2s
1s
0.6s
0.4s For 600A rated current
0.2s For 1250A rated current
0.1s
0.06s
0.0.4s
Unlatching time
0.02s Maximum total interrupting time
0.01s
1 1.25 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 40 60
Current (✕100% of rated current)
130
Rated ambient
120
110
100
90
80
70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60

84
CHARACTERISTICS
• NF1600-SS, NF1600-SSD
3h 4h
2h Type Operating Characteristics
NF1000-SS 2h Type:BH-PS
1h Rated Current:5~60A
40min Rated current 800, 1000, 1h
1200, 1400, 1500, 1600A Amb. temp.:40°C
30min 30min
20min adjustable
Short-time pickup 20min
current adjustable 14min
10min 10min
300% ± 30%
6min 6min
450% ± 45%
4min 600% ± 60% 4min
Maximum
inst, pickup current
2min 2min
+4kA
20kA -2kA Fixed Max.
1min 1min
AC
CHARACTERISTICS
40s
30s
Operating time
30s
Operating time
20s 20s
Minimum Short-time pickup current
adjustment range 10s
10s Min.
6s 5s
4s
2s
2s
1s
1s
0.5s
0.6s
0.4s
0.2s
For 800A rated current
0.2s 0.1s
Type B Type C Type D
0.1s 0.05s
0.06s
Unlatching time
0.04s 0.02s
For 1600A rated current
0.02s 0.01s
Max. total interrupting time
0.01s
1 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 40 60 1 1.13 1.45 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
Current (✕100% of rated current) ✕100% of rated current
130
Rated ambient
120
110
100
90
80
70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60

85
CHARACTERISTICS
ELCBS
• NV30-CS, NV30-SP, NV50-CP, NV60-CP, NV50-HP, NV60-HP,
MN30-CS, MN50-CP, MN50-SP
3h 3h
2h 2h
1h 1h
40min Operating Characteristics 40min Operating Characteristics
20min Type NV30-CS 20min Type MN30-CS
10min 10min
6min 6min
4min 4min
2min 2min
1min 1min
Operating time
Operating time
40s 40s
30s Max. 30s Max.
20s 20s
10s 10s
6s 6s
4s 4s
CHARACTERISTICS
2s 2s
1s 1s
0.6s 0.6s
0.4s Min. 0.4s Min.
0.2s 0.2s
0.1s 0.1s
0.06s 0.06s
0.04s 0.04s
0.02s 0.02s
0.01s 0.01s
0.006s 0.006s
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 40 50 70 100 1 1.25 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 40 50 70 100
4h 4h
2h 2h
NV30-SP NV50-CP
1h 1h MN50-CP
NV60-CP NV50-HP
30min NV60-HP MN50-SP
30min
20min 20min
14min 14min
10min 10min
6min 6min
4min 4min
2min 2min
Max. Max.
Operating time
1min 1min
Operating time
30s 30s
20s 20s
10s 10s
5s 5s
2s 2s
Min. Min.
1s 1s
0.5s 0.5s
0.2s 0.2s
0.1s 0.1s
0.05s 0.05s
0.02s 0.02s
0.01s 0.01s
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.25 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x100% of rated current ✕100% of rated current
• Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics • Temperature Characteristics

4 4
Operating time change rate (%)
2 2
Rated ambient
1h 1h
300
30
Rated non-operating current sensitivity
30 250
20 20
10
200
10
6 6 150
4 4
2
Rated current sensitivity
2 100
1min
Operating time
Operating time
1min 80
30 30 70
20 20
-5 0 10 20 30 40 50
10 10 5 10 20 30 40 50 60
5 5 (MN30-CS, MN50-CP, MN50-SP)
2 2
1s
1s
0.5
0.5 Standard attached parts (Front connection)
0.2 0.2 NV30-CS, MN30-CS
0.1 0.1
0.05 0.05 Mounting screw M4x0.7x20 (2pcs)

0.02 0.02
0.01s 0.01s NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP, NV60-CP/HP, MN50-CP/SP
25 50 100 500
25 50 100
Leakage current
500
Leakage current
Mounting screw M4x0.7x35 (2pcs)
(% of rated current sensitivity) (% of rated current sensitivity) Insulation barrier (2pcs Exception for NV50-CP, NV60-CP,
(IEC) (JIS) MN50-CP)
86
CHARACTERISTICS
• NV100-CP, NV100-SP, NV100-HP, MN100-SP
4h 4h 4h
2h 2h NV100-SP 40A~100A 2h
NV100-SP 15A~30A NV100-HP 40A~100A
1h 1h 1h
NV100-HP 15A~30A NV100-CP 60A~100A MN100-SP 45A~100A
30min 30min 30min
20min 20min 20min
14min 14min 14min
10min 10min 10min
6min 6min 6min
4min 4min 4min
Max.(60A-100A) Max. (60A~100A)
2min 2min 2min
Operating time
Max.(40A, 50A) Max. (40A,50A)
Operating time
Operating time
1min 1min 1min

Max.
30s 30s 30s
20s 20s 20s
10s 10s 10s
CHARACTERISTICS
Min. 5s
5s 5s
Min. Min.
2s 2s 2s
1s 1s
1s
0.5s 0.5s
0.5s
0.2s 0.2s
0.2s
0.1s 0.1s
0.1s
0.05s 0.05s
0.05s
0.02s 0.02s
0.02s
0.01s 0.01s
0.01s Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip
Time delay trip Instantaneous trip Time delay trip Instantaneous trip
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.25 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x100% of rated current X100% of rated current

x100% of rated current

4 4
2 High- 2
speed Time-delay type Time-delay type Time-delay type 130
1h type 1h
0.45s(MAX) 1s(MAX) 2s(MAX)
30 30
15~30A



20 20
120
Current rating (%)
14
ambient
10 10
Rated
6 6
4 4
110
2 2
Operating time
1min 1min
30 30 100
20 20
40~100A
10 10
5 5 90
2 2
1s 1s 80
0.5 0.5 -5 0 10 20 30 40
Inertial 5 10 20 30 40 50 (MN100-SP)
0.2 0.2
nonoperating-time
0.1
Inertial
0.1 Ambient temperature (°C)
nonoperating-time
0.05
Inertial
0.05
0.02 nonoperating-time 0.02
0.01s 0.01s
25 50100 500 25 50100 1000 25 50100 1000 25 50100 1000 25 50100 500 Insulation barrier (2pcs)
500 10000 500 10000 500 10000
Leakage current
(% of rated current sensitivity)
(IEC) (JIS)
87
CHARACTERISTICS
ELCBS
• NV100-SEP, NV100-HEP
4h
NV 100-SEP NV 100-HEP
2h
Note )
1h Current setting Ir Rated current In
30min 15~20A 20A
20min
14min 30~50A 50A
10min 60~100A 100A
6min (Adjustable)
4min
CHARACTERISTICS
2min 12-60-80-100s ±20%

1min (at 200%)
Operating time
30s
20s
10s
5s pickup current Ip Ir x (2-2.5-3-3.5-4-
Ir x (0.70-0.75-0.8-
5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
2s 0.85-0.9-0.95
-1.0) ±10%
1s
0.5s
operating time Tp
TL 0.3 ± 0.06 s
0.2s Tp= 2 ±20% 0.2 ± 0.04 s
0.1s (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03 s
0.06 ± 0.02 s
0.05s
Max. total breaking
0.02s time
0.01s Note x 4 ~ x16 ±15%
(Magnification to Rated current)
0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40

4
High-
130
Rated ambient
2
speed Time-delay Time-delay Time-delay

1h type type 0.45s(MAX.) type 1s(MAX.) type 2s(MAX.)
30 120


20
14
10
6
110
4
2 100
Operating time
1min
30 90
20
10
80
5
2 70
1s 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
0.5
Inertial
0.2
Inertial nonoperating-time
0.1
0.05
nonoperating-time
Inertial
0.02
0.01s
nonoperating-time Mounting screw M4x0.7x35 (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)
25 50100 500 25 50100 1000 25 50100 1000 25 50100 1000
500 10000 500 10000 500 10000
Leakage current
(IEC)
88
CHARACTERISTICS
• NV225-CP, NV225-SP, NV225-HP, MN225-SP
4h 4h
2h NV225-CP 2h
1h NV225-SP
1h
NV225-HP MN225-SP
30min 30min
20min 20min
14min 14min
10min 10min
6min 6min
4min 4min
2min 2min
Max. Max.
Operating time
Operating time
1min 1min
30s 30s
CHARACTERISTICS
20s 20s
10s 10s
5s 5s
Min.
2s Min.
2s
1s 1s
0.5s 0.5s
Max. total
0.2s Max. total 0.2s interrupting
Interrupting time time
0.1s 0.1s
0.05s 0.05s
0.02s 0.02s
0.01s 0.01s
Time delay trip Instantaneous trip Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.25 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
4 4
High- 130
Rated ambient
2 2
speed Time-delay type Time-delay type Time-delay type
1h type 1h
0.45s(MAX) 1s(MAX) 2s(MAX)
30 30
120



20 20
Current rating (%)
14
10 10
6
4
6
4
110
2 2
Operating time
1min 1min 100

30 30
20 20
10 10
90
5 5
2 2 80
-5 0 10 20 30 40 50
1s 1s
5 10 20 30 40 50 60 (MN225-SP)
0.5 0.5
Inertial
0.2 0.2 (rated ambient 30°C)
0.05 0.05
Inertial
0.01s 0.01s
25 50100 500 25 50100
500
1000
10000
25 50100
500
1000
10000
25 50100
500
1000
10000
25 50100 500 Insulation barrier (4pcs)
Leakage current
(IEC) (JIS)
89
CHARACTERISTICS
ELCBS
• NV225-SEP, NV225-HEP
4h
2h NV225-SEP NV225-HEP
1h Note )
Current setting Ir Rated current In
30min
20min 125~225A 225A
14min
10min (Adjustable)
6min
4min
CHARACTERISTICS
2min 12-60-80-100s ±20%

(at 200%)
1min
Operating time
30s
20s
10s
Ir x (0.70-0.75-0.8- 5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
2s 0.85-0.9-0.95
-1.0) ±10%
1s
0.5s
operating time Tp
TL ±20% 0.3 ± 0.06 s
0.2s Tp= 0.2 ± 0.04 s
2
0.1s (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03 s
0.06 ± 0.02 s
0.05s
Max. total breaking
time
0.02s
0.01s Note x 4 ~ x16 ±15%
(Magnification to Rated current)
0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40

4
High- 130
Rated ambient
2
speed Time-delay Time-delay Time-delay

1h type type 0.45s(MAX.) type 1s(MAX.) type 2s(MAX.)
30 120


20
14
10
110
6
4
2 100
Operating time
1min
30 90
20
10 80
5
2 70
1s 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
0.5
Inertial
0.2
0.1 nonoperating-time
0.05
Inertial
0.02 nonoperating-time
0.01s Mounting screw M4x0.7x55 (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)
25 50100 500 25 50100 1000 25 50100 1000 25 50100 1000 Insulation barrier (3P: 4pcs, 4P: 6pcs)
500 10000 500 10000 500 10000
Leakage current
(IEC)
90
CHARACTERISTICS
• NV400-CP, NV400-SP
4h
2h
1h
NV400-CP
30min
NV400-SP
20min
14min
10min
6min
4min
2min
Operating time
1min
CHARACTERISTICS
Max.
30s
20s
10s
5s
Min. NV400-CP
2s
1s
NV400-SP
0.5s
0.2s
0.1s Max. total
interrupting time
0.05s
0.02s
0.01s
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
• Temperature Characteristics • Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics

4h
Rated ambient
130 2h High- Time-delay type Time-delay type Time-delay type

1h speed 0.45s. (MAX) 1s. (MAX) 2s. (MAX)
type
Current rating (%)
120 30min
Rated nonoperating current

10min
110
4min
100 2min
Operating time
1min
90 30s
10s
80
5s
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Rated ambient 40°C 2s
Ambient temperature (°C) 1s
Inertial
0.5s
nonoperating time
Inertial
0.2s nonoperating time
0.1s
Standard attached parts (Front connection) 0.04s
Inertial
nonoperating time
0.02s
0.01s
25 50 100 500 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000
Leakage current (% of rated current sensitivity)
91
CHARACTERISTICS
ELCBS
• NV400-SEP, NV400-HEP, NV400-REP
10h
5h
NV400-SEP
2h NV400-HEP
NV400-REP
1h Note )
LTD operating time Current setting Rated current
30min
20min at 125% Ir: 200-400A In: 400A
14min 1000s (TL=150s set) (Adjustable)
10min 670s (TL=100s set)
6min 400s (TL= 60s set)
4min 80s (TL= 12s set)
2min 12-60-100-150s ±20%
CHARACTERISTICS
1min (at 200%)

Operating time
30s
20s
10s
Ir x (0.70-0.75-0.8- 5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
2s 0.85-0.9-0.95
-1.0) ±10%
1s
0.5s
operating time Tp
0.3 ± 0.06 s
Tp= TL ±20%
0.2s 2 0.2 ± 0.04 s
0.1s (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03 s
0.05s 0.06 ± 0.02 s
0.02s
0.01s x 4 ~ x16 ±15% breaking time
0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
• Temperature Characteristics • Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics

4h
130 2h High- Time-delay type Time-delay type Time-delay type
Rated ambient

type
120 30min

110 10min
4min
100
2min
Operating time
1min
90
30s
80
10s
5s
70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 2s
Ambient temperature (°C) 1s
Inertial
0.5s
nonoperating time
Inertial
0.1s
Standard attached parts (Front connection) 0.04s
Inertial
nonoperating time
0.02s
0.01s
25 50 100 500 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000
92
CHARACTERISTICS
• NV630-CP, NV630-SP
4h
2h
NV630-CP
1h NV630-SP
30min
20min 500A,600A,630A
14min
10min
6min Inst. trip adjustment
4min range (4 steps)
Inst trip
Control
2min setting
current (%)
Max. NV630-SP
CHARACTERISTICS
1min. Lo 400±80
Operating time
2 600
30s 3 800
20s Hi 1000±200
10s
5s
NV630-SP
Min. Adjustable range
2s of inst. pick up
current
1s
0.5s NV630-CP
0.2s
0.1s
Max. total
0.05s interrupting time
0.02s
Time-delay trip Inst trip
0.01s
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40

4h
2h High- Time-delay type Time-delay type Time-delay type 130
speed 0.45s. (MAX) 1s. (MAX) 2s. (MAX)
Current rating (%)
1h
type
ambient
30min 120
Rated
110
10min
4min
100
2min
Operating time
1min 90
30s
80
10s (rated ambient 40°C) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
5s
2s
1s
Inertial
0.5s
nonoperating time
Inertial
0.1s
Inertial
0.02s
0.01s
25 50 100 500 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000

93
CHARACTERISTICS
ELCBS
• NV630-SEP, NV630-HEP, NV800-SEP, NV800-HEP
10h
10h
5h NV630-SEP 5h NV800-SEP
NV630-HEP
2h NV800-HEP
2h
Note)
1h Note)
Current setting Rated Current 1h
LTD operating time Current setting Rated Current
30min Ir: 300~630A In: 630A LTD operating time
at-125% 30min Ir: 400~800A In: 800A
20min (Adjustable) 20min at-125%
14min 1000s(TL=150s set) 1000s(TL=150s set) (Adjustable)
670s(TL=100s set) 14min
10min 10min 670s(TL=100s set)
12-60-100-150s ±20% 12-60-100-150s ±20%
CHARACTERISTICS
2min 2min
(at 200%) (at 200%)
1min 1min
Operating time
Operating time
30s 30s
20s 20s
10s 10s
Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15% Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
2s -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10% 2s -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%
1s
-0.95-1.0) 1s -0.95-1.0)
Pre-alarm Pre-alarm STD operating time Ts
0.5s STD operating time Ts 0.5s
0.3 ± 0.06s 0.3 ± 0.06s
Tp= TL ±20% Tp= TL ±20% 0.2 ± 0.04s
0.2s 2 0.2 ± 0.04s 0.2s 2
(at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03s 0.1s (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03s
0.1s
0.06 ± 0.02s 0.06 ± 0.02s
0.05s 0.05s
0.02s
0.02s INST pickup current II Max. total
INST pickup current II Max. total 0.01s x4~x10 ±15%
0.01s x4~x10 ±15% breaking time (Magnification to In) breaking time
0.60.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
Current (✕100% of Ir)
Current (✕100% of Ir)

4h
130
Rated ambient
2h
High- Time-delay type Time-delay type Time-delay type

type 120
30min
110
10min
4min 100
2min
90
Operating time
1min
30s
80
10s
5s 70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
2s
Inertial
0.5s
nonoperating time
Inertial
0.1s
Inertial
0.02s
0.01s
25 50 100 500 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000

94
CHARACTERISTICS
MCB
• BH-D6 • BH BH-P
• Operating Characteristics • Operating Characteristics

Min s 4h
200
10000 Operating Characteristics
100 Tripping Characteristics
5000 2h Type:BH, BH-P
Type:BH-D6
50
1h Rated Current:70, 100A
30 2000 Rated Current:6A-63A
20
Amb. temp.:40°C
1000 Amb. temp.:30°C 30min
10 500 20min
5 14min
200 10min
2
100 6min
1 50 4min
30 Max.
20 2min
10
CHARACTERISTICS
1min
5 Min.
Tripping time
30s
Operating time
2
20s
1 Max.
0.5 10s
0.2 B C 5s
0.1 Min.
0.05 2s
0.02 1s
0.01
0.5s
0.005 Max total
tripping time
0.002 0.2s
0.1s
0.6 0.7 1 1.13 1.45 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30
✕100% of rated current 0.05s
0.02s
• Temperature Characteristics 0.01s
1 1.13 1.45 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
135 ✕100% of rated current
130
125
Current ratings (%)
120
115
ambient
Rated
110
105
100
• Ambient Compensating Curve
95
90 140
85 135
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 130
Rated ambient
Current rating (%)
Ambient temperature (°C) 125

120
115
• BV-D
70, 100A
110
105
100
• Operating Characteristics 95
90
2h 85
1h 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
30min
20min Ambient temperature (°C)
10min
6min
Rated nonoperating current sensitivity
4min
2min
1min
Operating time
30s
20s
10s
5s
2s
1s
0.5s
0.2s
0.1s
0.05s
0.02s
0.01s
25 50 100 500
Ground fault current
(% of rated current sensitivity) 95
CHARACTERISTICS
MCB
• BH-S • BH-PS
• Operating Characteristics • Operating Characteristics

4h 4h
Operating Characteristics Operating Characteristics
2h Type:BH-S 2h Type:BH-PS
1h Rated Current:5~60A 1h Rated Current:5~60A
Amb. temp.:40°C Amb. temp.:40°C
30min 30min
20min 20min
14min 14min
10min 10min
6min 6min
4min 4min
2min 2min
Max. Max.
1min 1min
CHARACTERISTICS
30s 30s
Operating time
Operating time
20s 20s
10s 10s
Min. Min.
5s 5s
2s 2s
1s 1s
0.5s 0.5s
0.2s 0.2s
0.1s 0.1s
Type B Type C Type D Type B Type C Type D
0.05s 0.05s
0.02s 0.02s
0.01s 0.01s
1 1.13 1.45 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.13 1.45 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40

✕100% of rated current ✕100% of rated current
• Ambient Compensating Curve • Ambient Compensating Curve

140 140
135 135
Rated ambient
Rated ambient
130 130
10A 10A
125 125
Current rating (%)
Current rating (%)
5A 6A, 30A, 32A

120 120
40-60A 50A, 60A
115 115
110 110
105 105
15-25A 15-20A, 40A
100 100
30A
95 95
90 90
85 85
80 80
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Ambient temperature (°C) Ambient temperature (°C)
96
CHARACTERISTICS
CIRCUIT PROTECTORS
CPs
• CP30-BA
Instantaneous type (I) Medium-speed type (M) Slow type (S)
2h 2h 2h
1h 1h 1h
40min 30min 30min
DC DC
20min 20min 20min
AC AC
10min 10min 10min
6min 6min 6min
4min 4min 4min
DC
2min 2min 2min
Operating time
Operating time
Operating time
1min 1min 1min
AC
30s 30s 30s
20s 20s 20s
CHARACTERISTICS
10s 10s 10s
5s 5s 5s
2s 2s 2s
1s 1s 1s
0.5s 0.5s 0.5s
0.2s 0.2s 0.2s

0.1s 0.1s 0.1s
0.05s 0.05s 0.05s
0.02s 0.02s 0.02s

0.01s 0.01s 0.01s
0.006s 0.006s 0.006s
1 1.251.5 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 50 100 1 1.25 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 50 100 1 1.25 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 50 100
Current (✕100% of rated current) Current (✕100% of rated current) Current (✕100% of rated current)
Medium-speed type with inertial delay (MD)

AC
2h
1h
30min
20min
10min 300
250
Operating time variation (%)
6min
4min
200
2min
Operating time
1min 150
Rated
30s ambient
20s
100
10s
90
80
5s 70
60
2s
1s -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
0.5s (Rated ambient 40°C)
0.2s
0.1s
0.05s
0.02s
0.01s
0.006s
1 1.25 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 50 100
Current (✕100% of rated current)
97
DIMENSIONS
MCCBS
•NF30-CS
Front connection
Mtg. hole M5 screw M4 x 0.7 taps or ø5
14.5 Breaker
76.5
84
64
54
96
ø8.5
ø5.5
ø5
6
10
23.5 47 23.5
12.5 (max.)
28
45 67.5
49 2-pole 3-pole
Bus t max. =3
Drilling plan
2-pole 3-pole 3 52
Bus drilling for
direct connection
67
Rear connection
3-pole
DIMENSIONS
M4 x 0.7 taps 2-pole

or ø5 Breaker
Mtg plat t max. =3.2 Breaker
R2
20
45 (min)
25 (min)
76.5
76.5
84
5
18
38.5
58.5
20
23.5 23.5 ø14
55 47
Insulating tube Front-plate cutout
8
Breaker mtg
M6 screw 2-pole 3-pole 1mm clearance on
M4 x 0.7 screw
each side of handle
2-pole 3-pole Drilling plan
Lead-wire Terminal block (LT)
Terminal cover (optional)

M3.5 self-lifting terminal
22
9.5
2
25.5
80.5
77.5
63
40.5
8
2
9.5
18.5
IEC Rail Mounting Adapter

35mm IEC-rail adapter
for installation
5
100
35
31
4
52
Installation utensil
for 35mm IEC-rail 55
2-pole 3-pole 58
70
98
DIMENSIONS
•NF30-SP, NF50-CP, NF60-CP, NF50-HP, NF60-HP

MB30-SP, MB50-CP, MB50-SP
Front connection
M5 X 0.8 screw Applicable
Insulation barrier (M6 for 60A) wire size : 1.6 mm-dia. to 22 mm2
(removable) 24 Breaker
Mounting hole
50
Screw
111
terminal
84
50
ø8.5
ø4.5
ø5.5
111
130
(6.5 mm-diameter for 60A)
27
6
Trip button
61 25 25
12.5 max. M4 X 0.7 taps
25 22 25 68
or 5 mm dia. hole
50 50 75 Neutral pole 4 72 (Conductor thickness
t = 5 max.) 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole
75 100 90
Conductor drilling
2-pole 3-pole 4-pole
for direct connection Drilling plan
Rear connection
2-pole 4-pole
DIMENSIONS
Mounting panel
t = 3.2 max
3-pole
Insulation tube Breaker Breaker
1
6
R
111
111
52
8
50 M4 X 0.7 screw 25
for mounting breaker 22.5
27 min. 25 25 25 50 70
M6 screw ø14
68 42 50 25
1.0 mm clearance on each side of
72 M4 X 0.7 taps
the handle frame.
or 5 mm-dia. hole
2-pole 3-pole 4-pole Front-panel cutout (Note 1)
Drilling plan
Flush plate
Stud Mounting hole Flush plate Panel Flush plate
ø6
66 or 60
(Note 2)
196
111
140
M6 screw
25
25 50 75 15 82 min. 68 93
ø6 118
96 121 146 35 97 78 103 128
2-pole 3-pole 4-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole

Drilling plan
Plug-in
3-pole 4-pole
M5 X 0.8 screw Terminal
board to be fixed using 80 105
Mounting panel terminal board mounting- 50 75
nuts or by directly screwing Breaker (plug-in terminal board)
Plug-in terminal block 25
3
54
11
83.5
111
180
54
80
Center line of
breaker body
5.5 15.5
85
54
16.5 max.
25
7
21 55 25 50
M6 screw 6 mm-dia. hole or
89 30 57 82 107 M5 X 0.8 taps
10 ø6.5
2-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole
Conductor drilling
Details of terminal for direct connection Cutout and drilling plan
Notes: 1. The drilling / cutout plan of conventional breakers may also be used the front panel.
2. A flush plate is suitable for mounting distances 66 or 60.
Remark: 1. NF30-SP, NF50-CP, NF60-CP, NF50-HP and NF60-HP are available in 2- and 3-pole only and MB30-SP, MB50-CP and MB50-SP are in 3-pole only.
99
DIMENSIONS
MCCBS
• NF50-HRP, NF100-CP, NF100-SP, NF100-HP, NF100-CP T/A
NF100-SP T/A, NF100-HP T/A, NF100-SEP, NF100-HEP, MB100-SP
Front connection
Insulation barrier
(removable)
Mounting hole M8 screw

24 Breaker
50
Solderless terminal
for wire size
15~75A ø1.6~38mm2
80~100A 22~50mm2
Wire connection
102
134
155
132
50
22 ø8.5
ø8.5
ø4.5
Trip button
8
27 16.5 max.
30 60 30
Neutral pole 61 30 30
60 90 90 (Conductor thickness
M4 X 0.7 taps
120
68 t = 5 max.)
or 5 mm-dia. hole
4 72 Conductor drilling
for direct connection
90
Drilling plan
Rear connection
4-pole 4-pole
DIMENSIONS
Mounting panel Stud rotatable 3-pole 2-pole 3-pole

t = 3.2 max. by 90° 2-pole Breaker Breaker
Insulation tube
132
134
6
134
52
Connection
allowance R1
15 M4 x 0.7 thread
for breaker
mounting
16
5
15 Insulation tube 30 28
15 ø18
ø8.5 60 30 30 30 57 86
M8 bolt
68 52 90 4-pole
90 60
72 102 M4 x 0.7 taps or 1.0 mm clearance on each side
2-pole 3-pole
5 mm-dia. hole of the handle frame.
Drilling size Front-panel cutout (Note 1)
Flush plate Terminal cover Insulation tube (provided for right pole
for 2-pole, for intermediate pole for
Stud Mounting hole Flush plate panel both 3- and 4-poles) Flush plate
ø6
Stud rotatable
by 90°
134
196
181
Connection
66
allowance
15
16
15
15 ø6
5 30
30 90 15 107.5 ø8.5 126 (91) 161
60
M8 bolt
117 152 187 35 157.5 136 (101) 171
2-pole 3-pole 4-pole (Right pole for 2-pole,

3-pole (or 2-pole) 4-pole
(Right pole for 2-pole, intermediate pole for 3-pole,
right and left poles for and intermediate and neutral
Cutout and drilling plan
both 3- and 4-poles) poles for 4-pole)
Plug-in 3-pole 4-pole

M5 X 0.8 screw Terminal board
to be fixed using terminal board 95 125
Mounting panel mounting nuts or by 60 90 Breaker (plug-in terminal board)

directly screwing it in. 30
Plug-in terminal block
56
11
134
190
54
94
98
Center line
5.5 20 of the breaker
16.5 max.
12
56
21 30
ø8.5 30 60 6 mm-dia. hole or
89 30 M8 screw 65 M5 X 0.8 taps
67 97 127
12.5
2-pole
Conductor drilling
Note: The conventional drilling/cutout plan of conventional breakers may also be used on the front panel.
Remarks: 1. Two-pole models of NF50-HRP, NF100-HP, NF100-CP T/A, NF100-SP T/A, and NF100-HP T/A are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.
2. NF50-HRP, NF100-CP and NF100-CP T/A are available in 2- and 3-pole only, NF100-SEP and NF100-HEP in 3- and 4-pole only, and MB100-SP in 3-pole only.
100
DIMENSIONS
• NF100-RP, NF100-UP
Front connection
MB screw 24 Breaker
Mtg hole
61
195
216
193
ø8.5
155
102
50
ø4.5
8
22 30 27 16.5 max 30 30
ø8.5
Trip
button 60 90 Neutral 61 M4X0.7 taps
pole (Bus t max.=5)
90 120 68 or ø5
3-pole 4-pole
4 72
3-pole 4-pole 90 Bus drilling for

direct connection Drilling plan
Rear connection
4-pole
Mtg plate Insulating 3-pole
DIMENSIONS
t max.=3.2 tube Stud can be Breaker Breaker
rotated 90˚ 4-pole
3-pole
4.5
Connection
187
195
195
allowance
1
6
52
15
216
16
15 30 28
M4X0.7
5 breaker ø18
15 30 30 86
mtg screw
ø8.5 M4X0.7
68 52 60 60 90 1mm clearance
M8 bolt Insulating taps
or ø5
on each side
72 102 90 tube
of handle
3-pole 4-pole
Drilling Front-panel cutout
Flush plate Insulating tube

Flush plate Panel attached to
ø6 Flush plate
Stud 3P:Center pole
Mtg hole 4P:Center &
neutral pole
Stud can be
rotated 90˚
100
231
222
195
Connection
allowance
15
16
15
5 30 111 141
15
ø6
ø8.5
60 90 3P:Left & right pole 121 151
4P:Left & right pole M8 bolt
140 170
15 107.5 3P:Center pole
3-pole 4-pole
4P:Center &
3-pole 4-pole 35 157.5 neutral pole
Drilling plan
Plug-in
M5X0.8 terminal
block mtg screw
Breaker(Terminal block)
Mtg plate nut mtg or
Plug-in terminal direct screw mtg
block
56
11
5.5 20
155
115
159
251
195
16.5max
12
56
21 60 12.5 30
ø8.5 ø6 or
89 30 M5X0.8
M8 screw 95 97
taps
Terminal detail Bus drilling
Drilling plan
Remarks: 1. Two-pole models (except the NF100-RP and NF100-UP) are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.
2. NF100-RP is available in 2- and 3-pole only.
101
DIMENSIONS
MCCBS
• NF160-SP, NF160-HP, NF160-SP T/A, NF160-HP T/A, NF250-CP, NF250-SP, NF250-HP
NF250-CP T/A, NF250-SP T/A, NF250-HP T/A, NF250-SEP, NF250-HEP, MB225-SP
Front connection
30
Insulation barrier
(removable)
Hex. socket head
Mounting hole M8 bolt 24
Breaker
100
Solderless terminal
for wire size
100~175A 14~95mm2
200~250A 70~125mm2
Wire connection
126
144
165
50
102
ø8.5
ø4.5
ø8.5
22
Trip button
10
100
45 23 max.
61 35 35
35 (Conductor thickness
70 Neutral pole 68 t = 7 max.) M4 x 0.7 taps or
105 5 mm-dia. hole
105 4 72
140
92 3-pole 4-pole
Conductor drilling
direct connection
Rear connection
4-pole
DIMENSIONS
Mounting panel Stud rotatable 4-pole

t = 3.2 max. by 90° 3-pole
3-pole Breaker Breaker
Insulation tube
R1
8
144
126
144
Connection
52
allowance
22
M4 x 0.7 screw
for breaker
20
mounting
15 ø9 Insulation tube
6 ø24 35 32.5
15 M8 bolt
70 35 35 100
68 71 M4 x 0.7
105 70 taps or 105
72 106
5 mm-dia. hole 1.0 mm clearance on each side
3-pole 4-pole of the handle frame.
Drilling plan Front-panel cutout (Note 1)
Flush plate
Insulation tube (provided
for intermediate pole for
Terminal covers
6 mm dia. 3-pole or for intermediate and Flush plate
Stud Flush plate Panel
mounting hole neutral poles for 4-pole)
Stud rotatable
by 90°
196
144
181
Connection
66
allowance
22
20
15
6 35 15 ø6
ø9
70 105 15 126 M8 bolt 126 161
152 187 37 161 136 171
(Intermediate pole for 3-pole
3-pole 4-pole and intermediate and neutral 3-pole 4-pole
(Right and left poles poles for 4-poles)
for both 3- and 4-poles)
Plug-in
Breaker
(plug-in terminal block)
Mounting Panel Plug-in terminal block
34.5
22 Connection allowance
58.5
M6 screw for mounting Center line

200
144
54
80
14 terminal block
of breaker body
70
6
ø7
58.5
15
28
153
18 ø9 70 105
M8 bolt
86 32 107 142
20
Stud can be installed in 3-pole 4-pole
70 this direction only.
Insulation barrier Cutout and drilling plan
Remarks: 1. Two-pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.
2. NF250-CP and NF250-CP T/A are available in 2- and 3-pole only.
NF250-SEP and NF250-HEP are available in 3- and 4-pole only.
MB225-SP is available in 3-pole only.
102
DIMENSIONS
• NF225-RP, NF225-UP
Front connection
M8 Bolt Solderless terminal
Insulating barrier
(Hex-socket) for wire size Breaker
Mtg hole (removable) 24
14~125mm 2
28
100
75
75
Wire connection
201
240
219
ø8.5
102
165
165
50
ø4.5
10
100
45
ø8.5
Trip 35 35
button 35
23 max M4X0.7 taps
22 61
Neutral or ø5
70 105 pole 68 (Bus t max.=7)
105 140 4 72 3-pole 4-pole

Bus drilling for
92 direct connection
Rear connection
4-pole
DIMENSIONS
Insulating 3-pole
Mtg plate Stud can be
t max.=3.2 tube Breaker Breaker
rotated 90˚ 4-pole
3-pole
73
11.5
108
219
201
219
Connection
8
allowance R1
52
22
20
15 6 M4X0.7 35 35 32.5
breaker ø24
15 ø9 70 mtg screw 70 35 100
M8 bolt M4X0.7
68 71 taps 1mm clearance
105 Insulating 105
tube or ø5 on each side
72 106
3-pole 4-pole of handle
Drilling Front-panel cutout
Flush plate 3p:Center pole Insulating tube

4p:Center & attached to
ø6 Panel neutral pole 3p:Center pole
Mtg hole 4p:Center & Flush plate
Stud 163
Flush plate neutral pole
Stud can be rotated 90˚
3P:Left & right pole

274
256
150
219
128
Connection
22 allowance
20
15
6 35 15 126 161
ø9 ø6
70 105 3P:Left & right pole M8 bolt 136 171
152 187 15 126
3p:Center pole 3-pole 4-pole
3-pole 4-pole 37 161 4p:Center &
neutral pole Drilling plan
Plug-in
Plug-in terminal
Mtg plate Breaker(Terminal block)
block
Connection
allowance
34.5
58.5
22
275
219
129
155
15
14
70
153
6
58.5
28
M6 20 ø9 70
18 ø7
Terminal block M8 bolt
mtg screw 70 107
86 32 Stud attachable in this Insulating
derection only barrier
Drilling plan
Remarks: 1. Two-pole models (except the NF225-RP and NF225-UP) are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.
2. NF225-RP is available in 2- and 3-pole only.
103
DIMENSIONS
MCCBS
• NF400-CP, NF400-SP, NF400-SEP, NF400-HEP, NF400-REP
Front connection Insulating barrier (removable) 94.5
28 Conductor 44
thickness 8
16
t8 max.
110
Breaker
43
39
Mounting hole
102
194
12
257
47
ø12.5
ø7
Trip 25
39
button ø10.5
Neutral pole 44 M6 taps or 44

44 Conductor thickness t8 max. 7mm dia. hole
97 Conductor drilling for direct connection
ø14
M12 bolt 56 103
51 168 5 107
112 185 3-pole 4-pole
140 196 155 (NF400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP)
Drilling plan
3-pole 4-pole 134 (NF400-CP)
Rear connection 4-pole

4-pole Exothermic reducing 3-pole
DIMENSIONS
Stud rotates Breaker

Mounting plate 90° groove for eddy current Breaker
3-pole
8
Connection M6 taps or
allowance 7mm dia. hole
R6
265
225
225
194
92
14
25 20 20
83
26
128
M6 screw
or 7mm dia. hole 44 44
10 ø35 118
8
ø13
113 M12 bolt 87 Insulation tube 87 43.5
130.5
130.5
1.0mm clearance on each side of handle
3-pole 4-pole Front-plate cutout
Drilling plan
Flush plate Flush Stud Flush plate

Stud plate Panel rotates90°
Insulation tube
(center pole for 3-pole,
center and neutral poles
290
225
268
152
for 4-pole)
20
26
15 25 20
5
Mounting hole ø6
43.5 ø13 159 ø7 203
8 (Right and left Connection
M12 bolt
poles for 3- allowance 172 216
87 130.5 and 4-pole) 184
(center pole for 3-pole,
194 238 3-pole 4-pole
center and neutral
poles for 4-pole) 229
3-pole 4 -pole
64 (NF400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP) Drilling plan
43 (NF400-CP)
Plug-in
4-pole
Plug-in terminal block Mounting plate 3-pole
Breaker
35
55
Connection
M8 mounting
280
225
allowance
135
163
24 screw
24
79
8
55
28
160
15
28 ø10
18 Studs installable 44 87
one-way only
121
87 136 181
ø13 Insulation barrier
M12 bolt 130.5
3-pole 4-pole
Drilling plan
Remark: Two-pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.
104
DIMENSIONS
• NF400-UEP
Front connection Insulating barrier (removable)
127.5
78
Conductor
110
thickness t8 max. 8
Breaker
43
ø7
ø12.5
Mounting hole
47
31
297
11.5
234
102
257
144
ø12.5
ø7
Trip button 25
39
ø10.5
43
44 M6 taps or
141
16
Conductor thickness t8 max. 7mm dia. hole

194 Conductor drilling for direct connection
ø14
51 200
M12 bolt
28 5 204
112 252 3-pole
140 3-pole Drilling plan
Rear connection Exothermic reducing Breaker

Breaker groove for eddy current
Mounting plate Stud rotates
90°
DIMENSIONS
8
M6 taps or
7mm dia. hole
26
R6
Connection
allowance
234
265
305
265
92
25 20 20
14
26
83
128
10
M6 screw for ø35
mounting 44 118
ø13
210 M12 bolt 8 breaker
87
87 Insulation tube
1.0mm clearance on each side of handle

Drilling plan Front-plate cutout
3-pole
Flush plate Flush plate

Stud rotates
Stud Flush Panel 90°
plate
265
330
194
308
Insulation tube
(center pole)
20
26
25 20
5
Mounting hole ø9
ø13 172 ø10
8 15 Connection allowance M12 bolt
192
87 (Right and left poles)
216 64 (Center pole) 3-pole

Drilling plan
3-pole
Plug-in
Breaker
35
Mounting angle
Mounting angle
Less than 203
Connection
320
297
265
175
M8 mounting allowance
24 screw
24
79
8
160
28
15
ø10
28 Studs installable
18 one-way only 44
218
87
M12 bolt 3-pole
3-pole
Drilling plan
Remark: The 4-pole dimensions are identical for 4-pole NF630-UEP and NF800-UEP models.
105
DIMENSIONS
MCCBS
• NF630-CP,NF630-SP, NF630-SEP, NF630-HEP, NF630-REP
NF800-CEP, NF800-SDP, NF800-SEP, NF800-HEP, NF800-REP
Front connection Conductor thickness 94.5
Mounting hole Insulating barrier (removable) 630A frame 44
630A frame t8 max. 630A frame 24
800A frame 46
800A frame t10 max. 800A frame 26
Breaker
110
87
8
32
Conductor drilling
15 for direct connection
243
102
275
32
ø8.5
ø8
8
ø14
87
12
32 8
22 70 M6 taps or 70
630A frame 44 7mm dia. hole
Trip button 51 70 800A frame 46
15
40
14 97
210
Neutral pole (Conductor thickness)
40
280 103 630A frame t8 3-pole 4-pole
140 ø14 800A frame t10
5 107
210 M12 bolt Drilling plan
Conductor drilling
155
3-pole 4-pole for direct connection

M6 taps or
Connection allowance 7mm dia. hole Exothermic
Stud rotates 90˚
DIMENSIONS
reducing
25 Breaker 3-pole
Mounting plate groove for
Breaker
eddy current
5
R6
10
243
243
295
92
12.5
13
40
8 70
51
10 70
140
70
8 32 15 ø13 M6 screw for 140
172
ø48
M12 bolt mounting breaker 210
113 110 3-pole 4-pole
Drilling plan
1.0 mm clearance on each side of handle
Front-plate cutout
Flush plate
Stud rotates 90°
panel
Connection
Stud Flush plate allowance Flush plate
25
8
220
300
322
243
13
40
15
70
5
ø10
Mounting hole 228 298
140 210 ø13
ø9 224 314
8 32 15 M12 bolt
269 340
64 211
Drilling plan
Plug-in
Mounting plate
Stud rotates 90˚
Plug-in terminal block Breaker
56
20
155
187
243
301
13
Connection
8
112
56
allowance
32
25
800A frame 10
630A frame 8
15
70 140
23
ø13 ø10
M12 bolt 208 278
126 40
3-pole 4-pole
M8 mounting screw 140
Drilling plan
106
DIMENSIONS
• NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP, NF400-UEP (4-pole)
Front connection 143 630A frame 77.5 (ON side)

97 630A frame 800A frame 44 (ON side)
Conductor 143 121.5 (OFF side)
Conductor thickness 64 800A frame
Insulating barrier (removable) Insulating barrier thickness
630A frame t8 Mounting 97
Mounting hole (removable) t8 max. 4-pole
800A frame t12 hole
8 6.5 3-pole
Breaker
110
110
ø14
ø14
ø7
ø7
87
48
Conductor drilling for
direct connection
27.5
27.5
ø8.5
15 15
322
290
275
102
275
102
322
112 112
ø7
12
22
ø7
16
8
40
48
ø14
ø14
87
6.5
32
8 Conductor thickness
35 70 70
630A frame 141 Neutral pole 141 630A frame t8 max. M6 taps or
Trip button 51 70 70
15
800A frame 143 800A frame t10 max. 7mm dia. hole
14 194 210 194
210 ø14 Conductor drilling
40 Neutral pole 200 Trip 280 200
280 M12 bolt for direct connection
140 ø14 5 204 button 5 204
210 M12 bolt 4-pole
252 252 Drilling plan
3-pole 4-pole (NF400-UEP)

M6 taps or
Con- Con- 7mm dia. hole Exothermic
3-pole
DIMENSIONS
nection nection reducing
Mounting plate allowance Mounting plate allowance Breaker Breaker
groove for
25 Stud rotates 90˚ 25 Stud rotates 90˚
eddy current
22.5
R6
10
290
342
290
342
290
92
13
26
12.5
40
8 32 15 20
70 51
10 630A frame 8 10 70
800A frame 10 70
210 110 ø13 210 83 ø13
140 ø48 172
M12 bolt M12 bolt 210
M6 screw for 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole
140 mounting breaker
(NF400-UEP)
Drilling plan
Front-plate cutout
Flush plate
800A frame 10
630A frame 8
Panel Stud rotates 90° panel

75 Flush plate
than 100
Stud Connection Flush Connection Stud rotates 90° Angle-use
Flush plate allowance 102 plate attachment Mounting angle
allowance Less
25 25
Mounting angle Mounting angle

370
155
347
290
290
Angle-use Angle-use
attachment attachment
13
40
than 100
20
26
70 8 32 15 70 140
Less
140 10 10
5
ø13 15 239 312

210
283 15 8 M12 bolt 8 ø13
353 M12 bolt
64 206
M8 taps or
64 10mm dia. hole
206
4-pole
(NF400-UEP) Drilling plan
Plug-in (except NF800-UEP)
190
Plug-in terminal block Stud rotates 90˚ 190
Breaker Mounting angle Mounting angle
(A) (B)
Mounting angle
Less than 234
(A)
348
322
290
202
20
172
ø10
172
8
13
25
15 32 8
112
23 M8 mounting 70 Mounting angle (A)

Fix plate
25
screw ø10
Connection
Mounting angle M8 mounting 40
allowance Top view Base view
(B) screw
223 140 3-pole
ø13
M12 bolt Drilling plan
107
DIMENSIONS
MCCBS
• NF1000-SS, NF1250-SS
Conductor thickness 2 t8 max. 15 40

Front connection Insulating barrier
(removable) Bolt M12 50
110
Mtg hole Breaker
Ext.handle
(removable)
346
406
375
ø9.5
13
15 32 8
ø17.5
80
18.5
70 M8 taps or 70
Neutral pole 15 44
ø10
70 133.5
43
17 140 3-pole 4-pole
ø13M12 bolt 140 210
210 280 190
3-pole 4-pole 280 Drilling plan
Rear connection Mtg plate

Breaker 4-pole
M8 breaker
35.5
mtg screw 3-pole Breaker
Stud can be
86
rotated 90°
269
109
R11.5
39.5
81.5
Connection
DIMENSIONS
273
18
97
allowance
ø13
Conductor
22 thickness
86
13
2✕t6 max.
45
M12 bolt
12 70 70
140 230 300
8 32 15 Insulating cover 80
(removable) M8 screw or ø10
140 97 1mm clearance on each side
3-pole 4-pole of handle
Drilling-plan Front-plate cutout
Flush plate Stud Flush plate Panel M12✕45 bolt Flush plate
Stud can be
rotated 90°
ø9 mtg hole Conductor
thickness
2✕t6 max.
109
Connection
454
426
220
allowance
273
22 Insulating cover
(removable)
13
45
5
12 70 8 15 ø13 230 ø10 300

140 210 15.5 32 244 314
270 340 235
3-pole 4-pole 53 3-pole 4-pole

Drilling plan
Plug-in Mtg plate

Plug-in terminal
block M10 terminal block mtg screw Breaker
Stud can be
28.5
rotated 90°
136
105
269
100.5
25.5
269
13
28.5
225
30
32 8
104
Connection
136
12
allowance
ø12
15
Conductor ø13
43
thickness Insulating 70 140
140
68
2✕t6 max. barrier 204 274
3-pole 4-pole
M12✕45 bolt
208 134
Drilling plan
Drawout Insertion and 896(drawout position)

drawout lever 269(disconnected position)
216(connected position) Mounting angle
Liftins hole ø22 190.5 Aux. circuit terminal
30
257
387
105
269
514
464
464
15 32 8
97
Insulating barrier
232
257
232
13
257
ø13
12
Breaker
43
center
140
376 356(connected position)
320(min)
417 409(disconnected position) Stud attachable in this direction only ø14
376
1026(drawout position)
ø14 mtg hole 911.5 3-pole
3-pole Drilling plan
Notes : 1. Insulating barriers cannot be used when studs are horizontal. (Plug-in……Stud direction indicated is horizontal.)
2. For 4-pole breakers, all horizontal dimensions are increased by 70mm. For drawout types, insulating barriers can
be supplied between the studs of different poles (optional).
108
DIMENSIONS
• NF1000-SSD, NF1250-SSD
Front connection Insulating barrier Conductor thickness 2 t8 max.

15 40
(removable)
Bolt M12 50
110
Mtg hole Breaker
Ext. handle
(removable)
406
346
375
ø17.5
ø9.5
13
15 32 8
80
18.5
70 M8 taps or 70
15 44 ø10
43 70 133.5
ø13 140 210 17 140
M12 bolt 210 280 190
280 3-pole 4-pole
Rear connection
4-pole
Mtg plate
DIMENSIONS
M8 breaker Breaker 3-pole Breaker
35.5
mtg screw
18
Stud can be
rotated 90°
86
187.5
R11.5
109
375
97
233
18
ø13
Conductor
22
86
13
thickness
45
2✕t6 max.
Bolt M12✕45
20.5
70 70
12 80
Connection 230 300
allowance 8 32 15 140
Insulating cover
140 97 M8 taps or ø10 1mm clearance on
(removable)
each side of handle
3-pole 4-pole
Flush plate
Flush plate Bolt M12✕45 Flush plate
Stud Panel
Stud can be
rotated 90°
Conductor
ø9 mtg hole thickness
2✕t6 max.
109
Connection
allowance
233
426
220
454
Insulating cover
22
(removable)
13
45
ø13
8 15 230 ø10 300
5
12 70
140 210 15.5 32 244 314
270 340 53 235
3-pole 4-pole
Notes : 1. The standard specifications of NF1000-SSD and NF1200-SSD are 2-pole.

3-pole and 4-pole models for use with special DC voltages are also available.
2. 2-pole circuit breakers do not include mid-pole conductors of 3-pole circuit breakers.
109
DIMENSIONS
MCCBS
• NF1250-UR
Front connection Insulating barrier Conductor thickness 2 t8 max. 15
(removable) 44
43
Terminal Bolt M12 50
106
block
Mounting
Breaker
hole 13
406
566
346
375
22.5
ø17.5
ø9.5
13
80 80
Ext. handle 70 70
8
Neutral pole (removable) M8 taps or

32
ø10
15
43 70 51
140 210 15 3-pole 4-pole
ø13M12 bolt 240 310 137.5
17 144
194 Drilling plan
3-pole 4-pole 284
Rear connection
Mtg plate 4-pole
DIMENSIONS
M8 screw for mounting

3-pole Breaker
Standard stud attachable
ø17.5
ø9.5
in this direction Breaker
35.5
Terminal
block
R1
86
1.5
109
269
81.5
88
97
273
39.5
18
22
45
13
Conductor
86
thickness 120
15 ø13 12 2 t6 max.
70 70
81 140 Bolt M12 45 260 M8 taps or 330 80
Connection
22.5 8 ø10
allowance Insulating cover 1mm clearance on each side
137.5 32
(removable) of handle
17 144 185
194 3-pole 4-pole
284
Flush plate Panel

Standard stud attachable
in this direction 15.5 142
Stud Conductor Flush plate

Flush thickness 2 t6 max.
Terminal
ø9.5
plate Mtg angle

block Bolt M12 45
(min)
160
12
109
269
88
506
534
273
(max)
81 Connection
100
allowance
22
45
81.5
13
15 ø13
8 Insulating cover
12
5
12 70 (removable) 70 M8 taps or 70
22.5 32
140 210 292 ø10 398
185
332 438
194
284 3-pole 4-pole
Plug-in Plug-in terminal block

Mtg plate Breaker
ø17.5
28.5
ø9.5
M10 screw for mounting
Stud can be
rotated 90°
136
269
105
22.5
100.5
269
25.5
28.5
225
13
30
32 8
104
12
136
Connection
allowance ø12
15
Conductor
ø13
thickness 43
22.5 2✕t6 max.
Insulating barrier 140 70
137.5 68 134 Bolt M12✕45
17 212 204
262
3-pole Drilling plan
352
110
DIMENSIONS
• NF1600-SS
Front connection
Insulating barrier 60
ø11 Conductor thickness 20 35 4-pole
(removable) 38
t6 75 max.
38 15
M10 bolt 65 3-pole Breaker

(185.5)
(185.5)
Ext. handle Breaker

Mtg hole (removable)
18.5
210 280
R11.5
406
346
375
97
ø17.5
ø9.5
115
130
80
20 49.5 70 70 M8 taps or
101.5 133.5 ø10 1mm clearance on each side
203
304.5 17 140 of handle
263 190 3-pole 4-pole
364.5
280
3-pole 4-pole Neutral pole Drilling plan Front-plate cutout
Rear connection Connection

allowance
15 38 15
38
60
DIMENSIONS
106 106
18
318
212
Breaker Mtg angle

Angle mtg hole Conductor thickness Angle mtg hole Conductor thickness
t6✕75 max. t6✕75 max.
20
20
(min)
160
269
109
109
Connection
(max)
100
allowance
273
273
15
81.5
18
38
M8 taps or
60
36
70 70
54
15 ø10
Stud 38 38
ø11 Stud can be ø11 3-pole 4-pole
Stud can be rotated 90° 125 15 rotated 90° 140 125 M10✕50 bolt
140 200 M10✕50 bolt Drilling plan
3-pole 4-pole
Flush plate M10✕50 bolt

Flush plate Same as
Stud can be
rear-connected type
Panel rotated 90° Flush plate Mtg angle
Stud Conductor
thickness
t6✕75 max.
20
(min)
160
109
269
109
506
534
273
81.5
(max)
273
100
38
18
60
36
54
38 15
38 15 ø11 70 M8 70
20 20 70 292 taps 398
5
15.5 125 15.5 or ø10

140 210
332 53 138 200 438 53 138 125
3-pole 4-pole

Drilling plan
111
DIMENSIONS
MCCBS
• NF1600-SSD
Front connection Conductor thickness 20 35
Insulating barrier 60
ø11 4-pole
(removable) 38
15 t6 75 max.
3-pole
Bolt M10 65 Breaker
(185.5)
(185.5) Breaker
38
Ext.handle
Mtg hole (removable)
210 280 18.5

R11.5
97
406
346
375
ø17.5
ø9.5
80
115
130
M8 taps or
20 49.5 70 70
ø10
101.5 133.5 1mm clearance on each side
203
304.5 17 140 of handle
263 190
364.5
280 3-pole 4-pole
3-pole 4-pole Front-plate cutout
Drilling plan
Connection 15 38 15
Rear connection allowance
38
60
DIMENSIONS
106
18
318
106
212
Breaker Mtg angle
Mtg angle Conductor thickness ø11

Mtg angle
t6✕75 max. M10✕50 bolt
Conductor thickness t6✕75 max.
20
20
(min)
160
109
109
Connection
allowance
375
233
233
15
36
60
38
(min)
175
140 38 15 ø11
70 70
38 15 M10✕50 bolt M8 taps or
125 Standard stud attachable ø10
Stud can be rotated 90° 140 125 3-pole 4-pole
140 200 in this direction Drilling plan
3-pole 4-pole
Flush plate Standard stud attachable

in this direction Flush plate
Flush plate Mtg angle
Bolt max.=M10✕50
Stud Panel Stud can be
rotated 90°
Conductor thickness
t6✕75 max.
160(min)
109
109
20
375
506
534
233
233
175(min)
38
60
36
38 15 ø11
38
20 15 70 70 70
5
15.5 125 210 15.5 292 398

140
332 138 200 438 138 125
53 M8
53 taps
or ø10
Drilling plan
Notes : 1. The standard specifications of NF1600-SSD is 2-pole.

3-pole and 4-pole models for use with special DC voltages are also available.
2. 2-pole circuit breakers do not include mid-pole conductors of 3-pole circuit breakers.
112
DIMENSIONS
ELCBS
• NV30-CS, MN30-CS
Front connection
67.5
Mtg. hole M5 screw 14.5 Breaker
76.5 Test button
84
64
54
50
96
ø8.5
10 ø5.5
ø5
6
23.5
Leakage 28 12.5 (max) 23.5 M4 ✕ 0.7
indicator button taps or ø5
49
Bus t max. =3
52
Bus drilling for Drilling plan
4 55 direct connection
67
Rear connection
DIMENSIONS
M4 ✕ 0.7 taps
or ø5 Breaker
Mtg plat t max =3.2 Breaker
R1
76.5
45 (min)
25 (min)
76.5
52
84
5
38.5
58.5
23.5 65
ø14
55 47
Insulating tube
8
Front-plate cutout
M6 screw Breaker mtg
M4 ✕ 0.7 screw Drilling plan
113
DIMENSIONS
ELCBS
• NV30-SP, NV50-CP, NV50-HP, NV60-CP, NV60-HP, MN50-CP
MN50-SP
Front connection
Insulation barrier
(removable)
M5 ✕ 0.8 screw
(M6 for NV60-CP, -SP, -HP)
Mounting hole Applicable wire size :
24 1.6 mm dia. to 22 mm2 Breaker
Sensitivity current
selector
111
130
111
84
50
Screw terminal
ø8.5
ø4.5
ø5.5
Leakage
(6.5 mm-dia. for NV60-CP, -SP, or - HP)
indicaton button
22 27
6
Trip button Test button
50 61 25 M4 ✕ 0.7 taps
12.5 max. or 5 mm dia. hole
75 68
4 72 (Conductor thickness
t = 5 max.)
90
Conductor drilling
Rear connection
Mounting panel
DIMENSIONS
t = 3.2 max.
Insulation tube Breaker
Breaker
1
R
6
111
111
52
8
50 M4 ✕ 0.7 screw
for breaker mounting
27 min. 25
M6 screw ø14 70
68 42 50
M4 ✕ 0.7 taps
72
or 5 mm-dia. hole 1.0 mm clearance on eace side
of the handle frame.
Front-panel cutout
Drilling plan
Flush plate
Mounting hole Flush plate Panel Flush plate
Stud
ø6
66 or 60
(Note 1)
111
196
140
M6 screw
50 15 82 min. 93
ø6
121 35 97 103
Plug-in
M5 ✕ 0.8 screw Terminal board
80
Mounting panel to be fixed using terminal
block mounting nuts or by 50 Breaker (plug-in terminal block)
directly screwing in it.
3
54
11
Center line of
83.5
180
54
80
111
breaker body
5.5 15.5
83.5
54
16.5 max.
7
21 M6 screw 25
6 mm-dia. hole or
89 30 82 M5 ✕ 0.8 taps
10 ø6.5
Conductor drilling cutout

114
DIMENSIONS
• NV100-CP, NV100-SP, NV100-HP, NV100-SEP, NV100-HEP, MN100-SP

Front connection
Insulation barrier
Mounting hole (removable)
M8 screw
Breaker
50
24
Sensitivity current Leakage
selector indicator button Solderless terminal
for wire size
Operating time Sensitivity current 15~75A ø1.6~38mm2
selector selector 80~100A 22~50mm2
(time-delay type)
Operating time Wire connection
155
134
102
132
50
Leakage selector
indicator button (time-delay type) ø8.5
22
ø8.5
ø4.5
Trip button Test Trip button Test button
8
button
Neutral pole 27 16.5 max.
60 30
61 30 30
90 90 (Conductor thickness M4 ✕ 0.7
120
68 t = 5 max.) taps or 5 mm-dia. hole
4 72 Conductor drilling
3-pole 4-pole for direct connection 3-pole 4-pole
90
Drilling plan
Rear connection
4-pole 4-pole
3-pole
DIMENSIONS
Mounting panel Stud rotatable 3-pole
t = 3.2 max. by 90° Breaker Breaker
Insulation tube
6
132
134
134
Connection
52
allowance R1
15 M4 ✕ 0.7 screw
for breaker
mounting
16
5
15 Insulation tube 30 28
15 ø8.5 ø18
60 30 30 86
M8 bolt
68 52
90 60 90
72 102
M4 ✕ 0.7 taps or
5 mm-dia. hole 1.0 mm clearance on each side
3-pole 4-pole of the handle frame.
Front-panel cutout
Flush plate Terminal cover

Insulation tube (provided for
intermediate pole for 3-pole or
6mm-dia. Flush plate panel for intermediate and neutral Flush plate
Stud
mounting hole poles for 4-pole)
Stud rotatable
by 90° 181
134
196
66
Connection
allowance
15
16
15
15 ø6
5 30
15 107.5 ø8.5 126 161
60 90
M8 bolt
152 187 35 157.5 136 171
3-pole 4-pole (Intermediate pole for 3-pole and 3-pole 4-pole

(Right and left poles for intermediate and neutral poles
both 3- and 4-poles) for 4-pole) Cutout and drilling plan
Plug-in M5 ✕ 0.8 screw Terminal block

4-pole
125
to be fixed using terminal board
mounting nuts or to be directly 90 Breaker (plug-in terminal block)
Mounting panel
screwing it in. 30
56
11
134
190
54
94
Center line
98
5.5 20 of breaker body
16.5 max.
56
12
21 60
95 30 60 6 mm-dia. hole or
89 30 M8 screw
M5 ✕ 0.8 taps
97 127
12.5 ø8.5
3-pole
Conductor drilling 3-pole 4-pole
Remarks : NV100-CP, NV100-SP NV100-HP and MN100-SP are only available as 3-pole models.
115
DIMENSIONS
ELCBS
• NV225-CP, NV225-SP, NV225-HP, NV225-SEP, NV225-HEP, MN225-SP
Front connection Insulation barrier
(removable)
Mounting hole Hex. socket head
M8 bolt 24
Breaker
100
Solderless terminal
Sensitivity current
Leakage for wire size
selector
indicator button 100~175A 14~95mm2
Operating time 200~250A 70~125mm2
selector Sensitivity
(time-delay type) current selector Wire connection
144
50
102
165
126
Operating time
Leakage selector ø8.5
indicator
ø4.5
ø8.5
22 (time-delay type)
Trip button button Trip
10
button Test button
Test button 45
100
23 max.
Neutral pole 61 35 35
(Conductor thickness M4 ✕ 0.7
35
70 68 taps or 5 mm-dia. hole
t = 7 max.)
105
105 4 72 3-pole 4-pole
140
92
Conductor drilling
3-pole 4-pole
Mounting panel Stud rotatable 4-pole 3-pole

DIMENSIONS
t = 3.2 max. by 90° Breaker

3-pole Breaker
Insulation tube
R1
144
126
144
Connection
52
allowance
22
M4 ✕ 0.7 screw
for breaker
20
mounting
15 ø9 Insulation tube
6 ø24 35
15 M8 bolt 32.5
70 35 35
68 71 M4 ✕ 0.7 100
105 70 taps or 105
72 106
5 mm-dia. hole
3-pole 4-pole 1.0 mm clearance on each side

of the handle frame.
Flush plate Insulation tube (provided for

Terminal cover intermediate pole for 3-pole or for
Stud 6 mm-dia. Flush plate Panel intermediate and neutral poles Flush plate
mounting hole for 4-pole)
Stud rotatable
by 90°
144
Connection
181
196
66
allowance
22
20
15
35 15 ø6
6
ø9
70 105 15 126 126 161
M8 bolt
152 187 37 161 136 171
(Intermediate pole for 3-pole and
intermediate and neutral poles for 4-pole) 4-pole
(Right and left poles
for both 3- and 4-poles) Cutout and drilling plan
Plug-in
Mounting panel Plug-in terminal block Breaker (plug-in terminal block)
34.5
22 Connecting allowance
58.5
M6 screw for mounting Center line

200
144
14 terminal block
54
80
of breaker body
6
70
ø7
58.5
15
28
153
18 ø9 70 105
86 32 M8 bolt 107 142
20
Studs can be installed in
70 this direction only. 3-pole 4-pole
Insulation barrier
Remark: NV225-CP/SP/HP and MN225-SP are only available as 3-pole models.
116
DIMENSIONS
• NV400-CP, NV400-SP, NV400-SEP, NV400-HEP, NV400-REP
Front connection Insulating barrier (removable) 94.5
28 44
Conductor 8
16
thickness t8.
110
Sensitivity Breaker
43
current selector
39
Operating
Mounting time selector
hole (time-delay type)
102
257
194
12
Leakage
47
indicator button
ø12.5
ø7
Trip Test
button 25
button
39
ø10.5
Neutral pole Conductor thickness t8

44 M6 taps or 44
44
7mm dia. hole
ø14 97 Conductor drilling for
M12 bolt 56 direct connection
103
51 168 5 107
112 185 3-pole 4-pole
140 196
155 (NV400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP) Drilling plan
3-pole 4-pole 134 (NV400-CP)
Rear connection Exothermic

4-pole reducing 4-pole
Stud Breaker groove for 3-pole
Mounting plate
DIMENSIONS
rotates 90° 3-pole eddy current
Breaker
8
Connection M6 taps or
265
225
225
194
14
R6
25 20 20
92
83
26
128
M6 screw for
mounting breaker 44 44
10 ø35
8
ø13
113 M12 bolt 87 Insulation tube 87 43.5 118
130.5
130.5
3-pole 4-pole 1.0mm clearance on each side of handle

Flush plate Stud Flush plate

Stud Flush plate Panel rotates 90°
Insulation tube
(center for 3-pole,
center and neutral
290
225
268
152
for 4-pole)
20
26
15 25 20
5
Mounting
hole ø6 43.5 159 ø7 203
8 Connection ø13
(Left and right for allowance
3- and 4-pole) M12 bolt 172 216
87 130.5 184
229
194 238 3-pole 4-pole
(Center for 3-pole,
center and neutral
for 4-pole)
3-pole 4-pole
64 (NV400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP) Drilling plan
43 (NV400-CP)
Plug-in
Plug-in 4-pole
terminal block Mounting plate 3-pole
Breaker
35
55
Connection
M8 mounting
280
225
135
163
allowance
24 screw
24
79
8
55
28
160
ø10
15
28
18 Stud installable 44 87
one-way only
121 136 181
87
M12 bolt 130.5
3-pole 4-pole
Drilling plan
117
DIMENSIONS
ELCBS
• NV630-CP, NV630-SP, NV630-SEP, NV630-HEP, NV800-SEP
NV800-HEP
Front connection Conductor
Insulating barrier thickness 94.5
Mounting 630A frame 44 630A frame 24
hole (removable) 630A frame t8 800A frame 46 800A frame 26
Sensitivity 800A frame t12
Breaker
110
current
87
8
selector 32
Operating
time 15 Conductor drilling
selector for direct connection
243
275
102
(time-delay
type)
ø8
Leakage
8
indicator ø8.5
button
ø14
32
87
32
8
70 M6 taps or 70
12
Trip Test button 630A frame 44
70 22 7mm dia. hole
15
button 51
800A frame 46
14 210 97 40
Neutral pole
280 103 (Conductor thickness) 3-pole 4-pole
40
ø14 630A frame t8
140 M12 bolt 5 107 Drilling plan
800A frame t10
210 Conductor drilling
155
3-pole 4-pole for direct connection
Rear connection
Connection M6 taps or 4-pole
Stud
DIMENSIONS
rotates 90˚
25 Breaker Exothermic reducing
Mounting 3-pole
plate groove for eddy current Breaker
5
R6
10
243
295
243
12.5
92
13
40
8 51
70
10 70
140
70 172
ø13 M6 mounting 140 ø48
8 32 15
M12 bolt screw 210
113 110 3-pole 4-pole

Drilling plan
Front-plate cutout
Flush plate Stud

panel rotatable 90°
Stud Connection
allowance
25
8
322
220
300
243
13
40
15
70 ø10
5
Mounting 228 298

hole ø9 140 210 ø13
244 314
8 32 15 M12 bolt
269 340
64 211
Drilling plan
Plug-in
Mounting plate Stud
rotates 90˚
Plug-in terminal block Breaker
56
20
155
187
301
243
13
Connection
allowance
112
56
32
25
15
800A frame 10
70
630A frame 8
23 140
ø13 ø10
M12 bolt 208 278
126 40
M8 3-pole 4-pole
140
mounting screw
Drilling plan
118
DIMENSIONS
MCBS
• BH • BH-S
Types BH
Mtg bracket 32 M5 x 0.8 screw
M5 x 0.8 screw Mtg bracket 32
(line side & load side) (line side & load side)
100
113
73
95
57
95
100
113
73
95
57
95
Breaker
center
25 50 57.5 25 50 Mtg hole 57.5

25 50 75 Mtg hole ø4.5
63.5 25 50 75 ø4.5 63.5
77.5
22 47 47 76
Bus t max. =4
Bus t max. =4
.5
ø5
ø5.5
6
5.5
5.5
12
6
1-pole 2-pole 3-pole Bus drilling 12
13.5
1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 13.5
Bus drilling
DIMENSIONS
Note: Two mounting brackets are used for single-pole breakers.
Note: Two mounting brackets are used for single-pole breakers. and four for two-pole and three-pole breakers.
and four for two-pole and three-pole breakers.
• BH-P • BH-PS
Plug-in terminal
(line side) Plug-in terminal
7.5
7.5
(line side)
57.5
71.5
81.5
57.5
71.5
74
M5 x 0.8
screw
25 25 25 60.5
25 25 25 60.5 25 50 75 65.5
Mtg slot M5 x 0.8 Mtg slot
screw 79
25 50 75 65.5
20.5 45.5 70.5 79
22 47 72
4.5
4.5
14
1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 14
• BH-D6 • BV-D • KB-D

M5 screw Residual M5 screw
Neutral Pole M5 screw Test button indicator Neutral pole Neutral Pole
44.5
44.5
42.5
45
45
87
92
87
92
45
85
18 36 18 18 36 18
Insulation Insulation
54 18 17 54 Barrier(Option)
18
Barrier(Option) 44 6
18
36 54 72 17 44 6 18 36 54 72 17 44 6
54
70 maximum
36 72
70 maximum 70 maximum
Solderless terminal Solderless terminal Solderless terminal
1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole 2-pole 4-pole 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole
119
COMPARISON
COMPATIBILITY BETWEEN NEW AND FORMER MODELS
30~250AF
Model number External dimension standardization
A
Series frame
Same module Standard 68mm Same panel size for
Former New NF=NV C=S
for 4-pole height NF/NV
NF50/60-CS NF50/60-CP ● ● — ● ●
NF-C NF100-CS NF100-CP ● ● — ● ●
NF250-CS NF250-CP ● ● — ● ●
NF50/60-SH NF50/60-HP ● ● ● ● ●
Molded-
NF100-SS NF100-SP ● ● ● ● ●
case
circuit
breakers NF100-SH NF100-HP ● ● ● ● ●
NF-S — NF100-SEP/HEP ● ● ● ● ●
NF160-SS, NF250-SS NF160-SP, NF250-SP ● ● ● ● ●
NF160-SH, NF250-SH NF160-HP, NF250-HP ● ● ● ● ●

COMPARISON
NF250-SE NF250-SEP/HEP ● ● ● ● ●
NV50/60-CF NV50/60-CP ● ● — ● ●
NV-C NV100-CF NV100-CP ● ● — ● ●
NV225-CF NV225-CP ● ● — ● ●
NV30/50/60-SF NV30/50/60-SP ● ● — ● ●
— NV50/60-HP ● ● — ● ●
Earth
leakage
circuit NV100-SF NV100-SP ● ● — ● ●
breakers
NV100-HB NV100-HP ● ● — ● ●
NV-S
(NV100-SS 4P) NV100-SEP/HEP ● ● ● ● ●
NV225-SF NV225-SP ● ● — ● ●
NV225-SB NV225-HP ● ● — ● ●
(NV250-SS 4P) NV225-SEP/HEP ● ● ● ● ●
MB30/50-SS MB50-CS MB30/50-SP MB50-CP ● ● — ● ●
MB MB100-SS MB100-SP ● ● — ● ●
MB225-SS MB225-SP ● ● — ● ●
MN50-CF/SF MN50-CP/SP ● ● — ● ●
MN MN100-SF MN100-SP ● ● — ● ●
MN225-SF MN225-SP ● ● — ● ●
● : Improved item for new models
120
COMPARISON
Internal Earth-leakage
Electronic breakers Electronic circuits
accessories External accessories alarm
Pre-alarm High-speed/
Multiple Reverse Electrically Three voltages Time-delay Loads via ECA
Cassette-type HL/HL-S
operating char. connection operated available operating time leads
SSR output Contact output switching
— — — ● ● — ● — — —
— — — ● ● ● ● — — —
— — — ● ● ● ● — — —
— — — ● ● — ● — — —
— — — ● ● ● ● — — —
— — — ● ● ● ● — — —
● As standard/
● ● Option ● ● ● ● — — —
Option
— — — ● ● ● ● — — —
— — — ● ● ● ● — — —
COMPARISON
● As standard/
● ● Option ● ● ● ● — — —
Option
— — — — ● — ● ● — —
— — — — ● ● ● ● — —
— — — — ● ● ● ● — —
— — — — ● — ● ● — —
— — — — ● — ● ● — —
— — — — ● ● ● ● — —
— — — — ● ● ● ● — —
● — ● Option — ● ● ● ● — —
— — — — ● ● ● ● — —
— — — — ● ● ● ● — —
● — ● Option — ● ● ● ● — —
— — — ● ● — ● — — —
— — — ● ● — ● — — —
— — — ● ● — ● — — —
— — — — ● — ● ● — —
— — — — ● — ● ● — —
— — — — ● — ● ● — —
121
COMPARISON
400~800AF
External dimension
Model number Pre-alarm
A standardization Cassette-type Multiple
Series frame Same module accessories operating char.
Former Ne w NF=NV SSR output Contact output
for 4-pole
400 NF400-CS NF400-CP ● — ● — — —
NF-C 630 NF630-CS NF630-CP ● — ● — — —
800 NF800-CS NF800-CEP ● — ● ● ● ●
NF400-SS NF400-SP ● ● ● — — —
NF400-SE NF400-SEP ● ● ● ● ● ●
400
— NF400-HEP ● ● ● ● ● ●
— NF400-REP ● — ● ● ● ●
NF630-SS NF630-SP ● ● ● — — —
Molded- NF630-SE NF630-SEP ● ● ● ● ● ●
case
circuit
NF-S 630
breakers — NF630-HEP ● ● ● ● ● ●
— NF630-REP ● — ● ● ● ●
NF800-SS NF800-SEP ● ● ● ● ● ●
NF800-SSD NF800-SDP — ● ● — — —
800
— NF800-HEP ● ● ● ● ● ●
— NF800-REP ● — ● ● ● ●
COMPARISON
400 NF400-UR NF400-UEP — — ● ● ● ●
NF-U 630 NF630-UR NF630-UEP — ● ● ● ● ●
800 NF800-UR NF800-UEP — ● ● ● ● ●
400 NV400-CF NV400-CP ● — ● — — —

NV-C
630 NV630-CA NV630-CP ● — ● — — —
NV400-SF NV400-SP ● — ● — — —
NV400-SS NV400-SEP ● — ● ● ● ●
400 NV400-SB 4P NV400-SEP 4P ● ● ● ● ● ●
— NV400-HEP ● — ● ● ● ●
Earth
leakage
circuit
— NV400-REP ● — ● ● ● ●
breakers
NV-S NV600-SB 3P NV630-SP ● — ● — — —
— NV630-SEP 3P ● — ● ● ● ●
630
NV600-SB 4P NV630-SEP 4P ● ● ● ● ● ●
— NV630-HEP ● — ● ● ● ●
NV800-SB NV800-SEP ● — ● ● ● ●
800
— NV800-HEP ● — ● ● ● ●
● Improved item for new models
122
COMPARISON
OTHER CHANGES
30~800AF
• Appearance
• Former (example: NF100-SS) • New (example: NF100-SP) • Former (example: NV100-SF) • New (example: NV100-SP)
Includes a trip button within the panel Includes a dial selector switch.
cutout. New model indicates IEC60947-2 Sensitivity current is selectable using a
Icu/Ics on the nameplate. JIS based 4.5x50 screwdriver. New
model also includes a trip button.
• Front panel cutouts (partial list of main NF/NV models)

NF NV
NF50-CS~NF250-CS NF400-CS~NF800-CS NV50-CF~NV225-CF
Former NF30-SS~NF250-SS NV400-CF
NF400-SS~NF800-SS NV30-SF~NV225-SF
NF50-HR, NF100-SH, NF250-SH
NF50-CP~NF250-CP
NF400-CP~NF800-CE P NV50-CP~NV225-CP
New NF30-SP~NF250-SP NV400-CP
NF400-SP~NF800-S E P NV30-SP~NV225-SP
NF50-HRP, NF100-HP, NF250-HP
Compatibility is assured. The new 250A
Former cutout sizes can also be used on the front panel. The distance from the
Compatibility (225A) frame's breaker height is 18mm
COMPARISON
breaker base to the front panel differs from the former (see figure at right). ower than the former.
• Dimensions (400AF 4-pole models) • Front panel cutouts

• Both the overall module dimensions and bar terminal (some as previous NF)
dimensions are altered greatly. 4-pole
196 3-pole Breaker 4-pole
35
28 3-pole
16
2-pole
16
48
43
R R2
1
275
52
50
92
275
24 (Note 1)
56 56 56 72 53 107
70 70 70
185
280
The cutout size is equal to breaker's window
frame plus 1mm clearance.
• Connection parts (partial list of 3-pole C series models or equivalent)

Rear stud (B-ST) Flush plate (FP) Plug-in (PM)
Product name
Former New Compatibility Former New Compatibity Former New Compatibility
Compatible even
ST-05SS3 ST-05SP3
30/50/60 though model FP-05SS3 FP-05SP3 PM-05SS3 PM05SP3
(screw stud) (screw stud) numbers differ
ST-1SS3 ST-1SP3 FP-1SS3 FP-1SP3 Incompatible Incompatible
100 PM-1SS3 PM-1SP3
(screw stud) (bar stud) (screw stud) (bar stud)
F ra m e Incompatible
(A ) ST-2SS3 ST-2SP3 FP-2SS3 FP-2SP3 PM-2SS3
250 PM-2SP3
(bar stud) (bar stud) (bar stud) (bar stud)
400 ST-4SS3 ST-4SP3 ● FP-4SS3 FP-4SP3 ✕ PM-4SS3 PM-4SP3 ●
630 — ST-6SP3 — FP-6SS3 FP-6SP3 ✕ PM-6SS3 PM-6SP3 ●
800 — ST-6SP3 — FP-6SS3 FP-6SP3 ✕ PM-8SS3 PM-8SP3 ●
• Rear studs for 100AF and

NF50-HRP have changed
from screw studs to bar studs
(new).
•
Screw stud • Bar stud
(former 100AF) (new 100AF)
123
COMPARISON
OTHER CHANGES
Internal accessories
• Lead-wire terminal blocks
(Front/rear connection and plug-in types only; excludes P-LT types)
Type Former New
Lead-wire terminal block (LT) ● —
Lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ●
• All new models use a vertical lead-wire terminal block (SLT).

• Lead-wire terminal block (LT) • Vertical lead-wire terminal block (SLT)
COMPARISON
• Test lead (TBL) and Test button module (TBM) for ELCBs
Former Ne w The TBM has the following features:
TBL ● ● •Standard with SLT.
TBM — ● •Uses a voltage-application system and offers same control sequence
to that of SHT..
•Permits TBM parallel connection.
•Offers enhanced safety becuase it is isolated from the main circuit.
• Pre-Alarms
Former New (SSR output) New (contact output)
Pre-alarm breakers The standard electronic MCCBs has solid-state relay Optionally available as a model with a pre-alarm
Molded-case circuit breakers
(special specification) (SSR) output pre-alarm as standard. module in the standard electronic MCCBs.
Optionally available as a model with a pre-alarm

Earth leakage circuit breakers — —
module in the standard electronic ELCBs.
124
COMPARISON
OTHER CHANGES
External accessories
• Operating handles (F, S, SS types) (Main NF/NV models shown) (30-250AF)
Former New
Compatibility
Breaker type Parts number Breaker type Parts number
NF30-SS, NF50-CS/SH NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP
F03SF, S03SF F05SP, S05SP
NF60-CS/SH, NV30-SF NF60-CP/HP, NV30-SP
142SF SS05SP
NV50-CF/SF, NV60-CF/SF NV50-CP/SP, NV60-CP/SP
● The basic external dimensions and
NF100-CS/SS F1 0 cutout/drilling sizes are unchanged.
S10 NF50-HRP, NF100-CP/SP/HP F1SP, S1SP
1 41 SS NV100-CP/SP SS1SP ● Some new models have a different height
NF50-HR, NF100-SH F11
from breaker base to the panel front compared
to previous models.
NF160-SS, NF250-CS/SS F20SF (NF)
S20
NF160-SP/HP ● The former operating handles cannot be
42SS F2SP, S2SP
NF160-SH, NF250-SH F21 NF250-CP/SP/HP attached to the new breakers.
SS2SP
NV225-CP/SP
F20SF (NV), S20(NV)
NV225-CF/SF
42SS (NV)
• The new F and S-type handles show the tripping of a breaker even in ON-lock status.
(Applies only when a padlock is used.)
• Enclosures (Shown for 3-pole C series models or equivalent)

Closed type (S) Dustproof type (I) Waterproof type (W)
Product name
Former New Compatibility Former New Compatibility Former New Compatibility
COMPARISON
NF NFS-05SS
50•60 NFS-05SP ELCB models are NFI-05SF NFI-05SP NFW-05SS NFW-05SP
NV NVS-05SF compatible, even
though part
numbers differ.
NF NFS-1SS MCCB models
AF 100 NFS-1SP are incompatible. NFI-1SS NFI-1SP Inconpatible NFW-1SS NFW-1SP Incompatible
NV NVS-1SF
NF — NFI-2SS NFW-2SS
250 NFS-2SP Incompatible NFI-2SP NFW-2SP
NV NVS-2SF NVI-2SF NVW-2SF
• Terminal covers (Shown for 3-pole C series models or equivalent)

Large terminal cover (TC-L) Small terminal cover (TC-S) Transparent terminal cover (TTC) Rear terminal cover (BTC)
Product name
Former New Former New Former New Former New
50•60 TCL-05SS3 TCL-05SP3 TCS-05SS3 TCS-05SP3 TTC-05SS3 TTC-05SP3 BTC-05SS3 BTC-05SP3
AF 100 TCL-1SS3 TCL-1SP3 TCS-1SS3 TCS-1SP3 TTC-1SS3 TTC-1SP3 BTC-1SS3 BTC-1SP3
250 TCL-2SS3 TCL-2SP3 TCS-2SP3 TCS-2SP3 TTC-2SS3 TTC-2SP3 BTC-2SS3 BTC-2SP3
• 50AF and 60AF models are compatible, even though part numbers differ. (Note, however, that using an
earlier terminal cover on a new breaker will block the internal accessories' leads from exiting on the load side.)
100AF and 250AF models are incompatible.
• Motor operation devices

• The new NF/NV C and S series breakers Former New • Front connection
can accept electric operation devices. type
• The electric operation device's Breaker type A Breaker type A
performance and operation characteristics
NF100-CS/SS
are unchanged. NV100-CF/SF
150 NF50-HRP
• The external dimensions (shown for the NF50-HR

NF100-CP/SP/HP
168 NV100-CP/SP/HP
15 4
main NF/NV models) are unchanged, NF100-SH
except for height A in the figure. NF250-CS/SS

170
NV225-CF/SF NF250-CP/SP/HP
154
NV225-CP/SP/HP
NF250-SH 187
A
125
COMPARISON
OTHER CHANGES
External accessories
• Mechanical interlocks (MI) (Shown for surface mounting 2/3-pole C/S series or equivalent)
Former New
AF
Part number Standard P t Part number Standard P t
NF MI-05SS3 94
30, 50, 60
(not including NF50-HRP)
NV MI-NV05SS3 120
NF MI-1SS3 100 Not required

100 2.3
MI-05SP3 1 20 to be
(including NF50-HRP) (Standard)
NV MI-NV1SS3 1 20 specified
NF MI-2SS3 1 15
250
NV MI-NV2SS3 120
• The new MIs have a different shape and install in a different position.
• The new MIs can be locked with a padlock (25mm).
COMPARISON
• Locks
Lock cover (LC) Handle lock (HL) Handle lock (HL-S)
Product name
Former New Former New Former New
30, 50, 60 HLS-05SP2

LC-05SP HL-05SP
(not including NF50-HRP) HLS-05SP
LC03 To be ordered as To be ordered as
100 HLS-1SP2P
AF LC-1SP included in the breaker HL-1SP included in the breaker
(including NF50-HRP) HLS-1SP
body body
250 LC20 LC-1SP HL-1SP HLS-2SP
• All new handle locks can be installed by the customer.

(Use a 25mm padlock for HL models or 35mm padlock for HL-S.)
• New handle locks differ in shape from the former models and are thus incompatible.
• IEC 35mm rail-mounting adapters

AF Number of poles Former New Compatibility
2P DIN-05SS2 DIN-05SP2
30, 50, 60
Compatible
(not including NF50-HRP)
100
(including NF50-HRP) Incompatible
126
COMPARISON
OHTER CHANGES
• External accessories (shown for 3-pole S series models or equivalent) (400-800AF)

400 630 800
AF
Former New Compatibility Former New Compatibility Former New Compatibility
NF F40 F4SP F60 F6SP F60 F6SP
F ✕ ✕ ✕
NV F40NVCF F4SPNV 24FA F6SPNV 56FA F6SPNV
Operation NF F40 S 40 S40
S S4SP ✕ S4SP ✕ S4SP ✕
handle ✳1 NV S41NV — —
NF 61SS 61SS 61SS
SS SS4SP ✕ SS4SP ✕ SS4SP ✕
NV 60SS(NV) 2 5S 62
NF NFI-4SS NFI-6SS NFI-8SS
Dustproof (I) NFI-4SP ✕ NFI-6SP ✕ NFI-8SP ✕
NV NVI-4SF NVI-6SB NVI-8SB
Enclosure
NF NFW-4SS NFW-6SS NFW-8SS
Waterproof (W) NFW-4SP ✕ NFW-6SP ✕ NFW-8SP ✕
NV NVW-4SF NVW-6SB NVW-8SB
NF TCL-6SS3 TCL-6SS3
Large (TC-L) TCL-4SS3 TCL-4SP3 ✕ TCL-6SP3 ✕ TCL-6SP3 ✕
NV TCL-6S3 TCL-8S3
Terminal NF TTC-6SS3 TTC-8S3
Item cover Transparent (TTC) TTC-4SS3 TTC-4SP3 ✕ TTC-6SP3 ✕ TTC-6SP3 ✕
NV TTC-600K —
NF BTC-6SS3 BTC-6SS3
Rear (BTC) BTC-4SS3 BTC-4SP3 ✕ BTC-6SP3 ✕ BTC-6SP3 ✕
NV — —
NF MI-4SS3 MI-8SS3 MI-8SS3
MI-4SP3 ✕ MI-6SP3 ✕ MI-6SP3 ✕
Mechanical interlock (MI) NV — — —
NF LC40 LC40
Lock cover (LC) LC40 — ✳2 ✕ — ✳2 ✕ — ✳2 ✕
NV — —
NF
HL HL HL-4SP ✕ HL HL-4SP ✕ HL HL-4SP ✕
Handle NV
lock NF
HL-S — HLS-4SP — — HLS-6SP ✕ — HLS-6SP ✕
NV
NF HT-4SS HT-4SS HT-4SS
Operating handle(HT) HT-4SP ✕ HT-4SP ✕ HT-4SP ✕
NV HT-4SF — HT-10SS
COMPARISON
✳1. While there is no change to the operating handle's dimensions and drilling plan, they are not suitable for use with the new breakers' operating handles.
✳2. Please use HL.
127
COMPARISON
EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS
MCCBs, 3-Pole Models

(Figures in parentheses show former size where it differs from new size.)
NF30-SP
NF50-CP, NF50-HP
NF100-CP, NF100-SP
New NF60-CP, NF60-HP NF50-HRP, NF100-HP
MB100-SP
MB30-SP
Breaker MB50-CP, MB50-SP
type NF30-SS
NF50-CS, NF50-SH
NF100-CS, NF100-SS
Former NF60-CS, NF60-SH NF50-HR, NF100-SH
MB100-SS
MB30-SS
MB50-CS, MB50-SS
90(86) 90(104)
90(86)
76(72) 90 76(72) 90 76(90)

75
68 68(86)
68
External
dimensions
155
155
130
Front
connection
type M4 screw or 5mm dia. hole M4 screw or 5mm dia. hole M4 screw or 5mm dia. hole
COMPARISON
132
Drilling
132
111
plan
25 30 30
Front
52
52
52
panel
cutouts
70(24) 86(24) 86(24)
M4 screw or 5mm dia. hole M4 screw or 5mm dia. hole M4 screw or 5mm dia. hole
Cutout
134
Rear
134
132
132
111
and
connection
drilling
type
plan
25 ø14 30 ø18 30 ø18
50 60 60
Flush plate Flush plate Flush plate

66 or 60
181
181
Cutout
140
66
66
and
Flush type
drilling
plan
93 ø6 126 126
ø6 ø6
103 136 136
128
COMPARISON
EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS
NF160-SP
NF160-HP
New NF250-CP, NF250-SP
NF250-HP
MB225-SP
Breaker
type
NF160-SS
NF160-SH
Former NF250-CS, NF250-SS
NF250-SH
MB225-SS
92(110) 92(127)
105 76(90) 105 76(107)
68(86) 68(103)
External
dimensions
165
165
Front
connection
type M4 thread or 5mm dia. hole Conventional models have four M4 thread or 5mm dia. hole Conventional models have four
mounting holes. mounting holes.
Drilling
126
126
COMPARISON
plan
35 35
52
52
Front panel cutouts
100(24) 100(24)
M4 thread or 5mm-dia. hole Conventional models have four M4 thread or 5mm-dia. hole Conventional models have four
mounting holes. mounting holes.
Cutout
Rear
126
144
126
144
and
connection
type drilling
plan
35 ø24 35 ø24
70 70
Cutout
181
181
66
66
Flush and
type drilling
plan
126 126
ø6 ø6
136 136
129
COMPARISON
EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS
MCCBs, 3-pole models

NF630-CP, NF630-SP, NF630-SEP

NF400-CP
N ew NF400-SP, NF400-SEP NF400-UEP NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP
NF800-CEP, NF800-SDP, NF800-SEP
Breaker NF800-HEP, NF800-REP
type
NF400-CS NF630-CS, NF630-SS, NF630-SE
Former NF400-UR NF630-UR, NF800-UR
NF400-SS, NF400-SE NF800-CS, NF800-SSD, NF800-SS
155 (NF400-SP) 252 252

140 210 155 210
134(132) (NF400-CP) 200
140 200
103
127.5 143
103
External
dimensions
275
322
297
257
Front
connection
type
Breaker Breaker
Breaker Breaker
COMPARISON
243
194
290
Drilling
234
plan
44 M6 screw or 44 M6 screw or M6 screw or

7mm dia. hole 70 M6 screw or
7mm dia. hole 7mm dia. hole 70
7mm dia. hole
Breaker Breaker
Breaker Breaker
R6
(R R6 R6
6.5 (R6 (R6 R6
) .5) .5) (R6
.5)
22.5
26
92
Front panel cutouts

92
92
92
118(64) 118(64)
172(64)
172(64)
Exothermic Exothermic
Exothermic reducing M6 screw or Exothermic M6 screw or
reducing
reducing groove for 7mm dia. hole reducing 7mm dia. hole
groove for
Breaker groove for Breaker
Breaker groove for eddy current Breaker eddy current
eddy current eddy current
5
8
5
8
10
M6 screw or
M6 screw or
10
Cutout 7mm dia. hole

7mm dia. hole
Rear
and
234
194
265
225
290
243
connecti-
drilling
on type
plan
44 ø35
ø35
44 70
87 70
87 140 ø48 140

ø48
Flush plate Flush plate Flush plate Flush plateFlush plate

Flush plate
Mounting angle
Less than 100
Cutout
152
347
268
194
155
308
220
300
Flush and
type drilling
plan
than 100
Less
159
ø7
172 ø10 70
228 ø10
172 M8 screw or
192 244 239 10mm dia. hole
130
COMPARISON
EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS
MCCBs, 4-pole models

NF630-SP, NF630-SEP, NF630-HEP

New NF400-SP, NF400-SEP, NF400-HEP NF400-UEP, NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP
NF800-SEP, NF800-HEP, NF800-SDP
Breaker
type
NF630-SS, NF630-SE
Former NF400-SS, NF400-SE NF400-UR, NF630-UR, NF800-UR
NF800-SS, NF800-SSD
252
(Note) 280
155
185(280)
280 200
155
103 143
103
External
dimensions
257(275)
275
322
Front Note: Max. size of front bar is 196mm.
connection
type
Breaker
Breaker
Breaker
194(243)
COMPARISON
290
243
Drilling
plan
44(70) M6 screw or
7mm dia. hole M6 screw or
70
7mm-dia. hole 70 70 M6 screw or
7mm-dia. hole
Breaker
Breaker Breaker
R6
(R6 R6
R6( .5) (R6
R6.5 .5) 22.5
)
92
92
92
Front panel cutouts
118(64) 51
172(64)
172(64)
M6 screw or
Exothermic reducing M6 screw or
7mm-dia. hole
groove for eddy current 7mm-dia. hole Exothermic reducing
Exothermic reducing Breaker
8(5)
5
5
10
10
M6 screw or
Cutout
255(243)
194(243)
Rear 7mm dia. hole

243
290
and
connecti-
drilling
on type
plan
44(70)
ø35(ø48) 70
70
43.5(70)
70 ø48 70
ø48
130.5(210) 210 210
Flush plateFlush plate Flush Flush

plateplate FlusFlush
h plaplate
te
Mounting angle
than 100
Less
Mounting
268(300)
152(220)
Cutout
angle M8
155
347
220
300
and
screw or
drilling
10m m
plan
than 100
dia. hole
Less
203(298)
ø7(ø10) 140
216(314) 298 M8 screw or
ø10
312 10mm dia. hole
314
131
COMPARISON
EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS
ELCBs, 3-pole models

New NV400-CP, NV400-SP, NV400-SEP NV630-CP, NV630-SP, NV630-SEP

NV400-HEP, NV400-REP NV630-HEP NV800-SEP, NV800-HEP
Breaker
type
NV400-CF, NV400-CS, NV400-SF
Former NF600-CA, NV600-SB NV800-SB
NV400-SS
155 (NV400-SP)
134(132) (NV400-CP) 155(139) 155(190)
140 210 210
103 103(140)
103
External
257(345) *1
dimensions
275(515)
275(400)
Front ✳1 shows NV400-SS, NV400-CS.

connection
type
Breaker Breaker
Breaker
243(484)
243(368)
194(282)
COMPARISON
Drilling
plan
44 M6 screw or
M6 screw or 70
M6 screw or
7mm dia. hole 70
7mm dia. hole 7mm dia. hole
(M8 screw or
10mm dia. hole)
✳ ( ) shows NV400-SS, NV400-CS.
Breaker Breaker Breaker

R6 R6 R6
(R (R6 (R6
6.5
) .5) .5)
92
92
92
Front panel cutouts

46(-7)
46(-7)
46(-7)
118
172 172

M6 screw or M6 screw or Exothermic
Breaker
7mm dia. hole 7mm dia. hole reducing
Breaker Exothermic reducing
Breaker Exothermic reducing Breaker groove for
groove for eddy current
groove for eddy current eddy current
5
5
8
10
10
M6 screw or
(272)
(444)
(484)
7mm dia. hole

225(313)
243(368)
Cutout
194(282)
243
Rear
and
connecti-
drilling
on type
plan
44 ø35 (M8 screw or
(70) 10mm 70
87 70 dia. hole)
(230) 140 ø48
140 ø48

Flush plate
Mounting
300(535)
300(426)
152(220)
220(280)
268(356)
Cutout
220
angle M8
and
screw or
drilling
10mm
plan
dia. hole
159
ø7(ø10)
228 228(230)
ø10 ø10
172
244 244
132
COMPARISON
EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS
ELCBs, 4-pole models
New NV400-SEP NV630-SEP
Breaker
type
Former NV400-SB NV600-SB
185(280) 155(139)
155(139)
103 280
103
257(400)
External
dimensions
275(400)
N
Front Note: Max. size of front bar is 196mm.

connection
type
Breaker
Breaker
COMPARISON
243(368)
194(368)
Drilling
plan
44 M6 screw or
7mm dia. hole
70 M6 screw or
(140) 7mm dia. hole
Breaker Breaker
R6( R6
R6.5 (R6
) .5)
92
92
Front panel cutouts

46(-7)
46(-7)
118(172) 172
M6 screw or
Exothermic reducing
7mm dia. hole
groove for eddy current Exothermic reducing
Breaker
8(5)
5
10
M6 screw or
243(368)
Cutout 7mm dia. hole

194(368)
225(368)
Rear
and
connecti-
drilling
on type
plan
40(70) ø35(ø48)
70
43.5(70)
70
130.5(210) ø48
210
Flush plate
Flush plate
300(426)
Mounting
152(220)
Cutout
268(426)
220
angle M8
and
screw or
drilling
10m m
plan
dia. hole
203(298)
ø7(ø10) 298 ø10
216(314)
314
133
ORDERING INFORMATION
MCCBs and Switches ELCBs
Type number Type number
NF250-SP NV225-CP
Number of poles Number of poles
3P 3P
Rated current Rated current
200A 200A
Rated voltage Rated voltage

High-speed type
Specify DC for DC use 230/400/440
VAC
230/400/440 Time-delay type
VAC
Rated sensitivity
Standards current 30/100/500
High-speed type
Specify the applicable marine mA
ORDERING INFORMATION
standards
30/100/500 Time-delay type 100/300/500
mA
mA
Connection F Front
Connection F Front
method method
B Rear B Rear
FP Flush plate FP Flush plate
FP PM Plug-in B PM Plug-in
AL Alarm switch
Internal AX Auxiliary switch Type of residual
accessories current protection High-speed type
Shunt trip
SHT (specify rated coil voltage)
AL, SHT Time-delay type
(AC110V) UVT
Undervoltage trip High-speed
(specify rated coil voltage)
Pre-alarm module
PAL (for contact output)
AL Alarm switch
External SLT Lead-wire terminal block Internal
AX Auxiliary switch
accessories TI Trip Indicator accessories
MG Insulation switch
EAL Earth-leakage alarm switch
NFM Electric-operation device AX,SLT,TBM TBM Test button module
F/S/SS PAL Pre-alarm module
Operating handle
V/R SLT Lead-wire terminal block
S/I/W Enclosure TBL Test lead switch
MI Mechanical interlock External TI Trip Indicator
Quantity
TC-L/TC-S accessories
Terminal cover
TTC/BTC
NFM Electric-operation device
LC/HL
10 HL-S
Handle lock F/S/SS
Operating handle
V/R
CH Card holder
S/I/W Enclosure
MI Mechanical interlock
Quantity TC-L/TC-S
Terminal cover
TTC/BTC
LC/HL
Handle lock
= Please fill in boxes. 10 HL-S
CH Card holder
134
Service network
Country / Region Company Address Telephone
U.K. Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.

Travellers Lane, Hatfield, Herts, AL10 8xB, U.K. 44-1707-276-100
UK-Branch.
Ireland Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Irish Branch. Westgate Business Park, Ballymount, Dublin 24, Ireland. 353-1-4505007
Germany Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. German Branch. Gothaer Strasse 8, 40880 Ratingen, Germany. 49-2102-4860
Italy Carpaneto & C. S.P.A 10090 CASCINE VICA-RIVOLI (TO)

39-11-9590111
Via Ferrero, 10-Ang. Pavia 6 Italy.
Polingono Industrial "Can Magi", Calle Joan
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.
Spain Buscalla 2-4, Apartado de Correos 420,08190 34-93-565-3131
Spanish Branch.
Sant Cugat del Valles, Barcelona, Spain.
Sweden Euro Energy Components AB Energigatan 15 Box 10161, S-434 22 Kungsbacka, Sweden 46-300-518-00
Norway SCANELEC Leivikasen 43B, P.O. box 55, 5074 Godvik, Norway 47-55-506000
Denmark Louis Poulsen CO. A/S Geminivej 32, DK-2670 Greve, Denmark. 45-43-95-95-95
52, Arkadias
Greece Antonios Drepanias. S.A. 30(1)5781599, 30(1)5781699
STR.GR 121 32. Peristeri Athens Greece.
The Netherlands R+H Technology BV. 3361 HJ Sliedrecht Industrieweg 30. Netherland. 31-104871251
Switzerland Mühlentalstrasse 136, 8201 Schaffhausen, 41-52-6258425

Trielec A G
Switzerland
Belgium Emac S.A. 1702 Groot-Bijgaarden Industrialaan 1, Belgium. 32-2-4810211
Poland MPL Technology Sp zo.o. 30011 Krakow UI. Wroclawska 53 Poland. 48-12-322885
Turkey Barboros Bulv. iba Bloklari 90-212-2754876

HEDEF
Gazi Umur P. So Balmumcu-Istanbul Turkey.
Slovania INEA 61230 Domzale Ljubljanska 80 Slovenia. 386-61-718000
South Africa M.S.A.MANUFACTURING(PTY)LTD. Bramley 2018, Johannesburg, South Africa. 27-11-444-8080
Lebanon COMPTOIR D'ELECTRICITE Cebaco Center-Block A. Autostrade Dora, 961-1-240430

GENERALE INTERNATIONAL P.O. BOX: 90-1314 Beirut-Lebanon.
Al-Nabhaniya Street-4Th Crossing,
Saudi Arabia CENTER OF ELECTRICAL GOODS Al-Hassa Road, P.O. BOX: 15955, Riyadh 11454, 966-1-4770149
Saudi Arabia.
9 Rostoum Street Garden City, APT. 5,
Egypt CAIRO ELECTRICAL GROUP P.O. BOX: 165-11516, 20-2-7961337
Cairo-Egypt.
Kuwait SALEM M AL-NISF ELECTRICAL CO.W.L.L. P.O. Box 4784. Safat. 13048 Kuwait. 965-484-5660
Building of Innovation Center, Room No. 406A,
SETSUYO AUSCHINA ELECTRIC CO. LTD. 021-6485-6611
680 Guiping Road Shanghai, P.R.China
China
(Shanghai) 3F, Block 5, 103
RYODEN INTERNATIONAL LTD. 021-6475-3228
Cao Bao Road, Shanghai, China
10/F Manulife Tower 169 Electric Road North
Hong Kong Ryoden international Ltd. 28878870
Point. Hong Kong.
6F, NO. 105 Wu-Kung 3rd rd., Wu-Ku Hsiang,
Taiwan Setsuyo Enterprise Co., Ltd. 02-2298-8889
Taipei Hsien Taiwan
Korea 2 Fl. Dong Seo Game Channel Bldg ., 1F 660-11

HAN NEUNG TECHNO Co., Ltd. 017-255-0174
Deungchon-Dong, Kanguseo-Ku, Seoul, 157-030 Korea
Singapore 307 Alexandra Road #05-01/02 Mitsubishi

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ASIA PTE LTD. 65-473-2308
Electric Building Singapore 159943
JL Muara Karang Selatan Blok A/Utara No.1
Indonesia P.T.SAHABAT INDONESIA. kav. NO.11 P.O. Box 5045/Jakarta/11050. 021-6621780
Jakarta Indonesia.
Philippines 24th Fl. Galleria Corporate Center Edsa Cr, Ortigas Ave.
EDISON ELECTRIC INTEGRATED, INC. 02-643-8691
Quezon City, Metro Manila. Philippines.
Thailand 77/12 Bumrungmuang Road, Klong Mahanak,

UNITED TRADING & IMPORT CO. LTD. 223-4220-3
Pomprab Bangkok 10100.
Pakistan Prince Electric Co. 16 Brandreth Road Lahore 54000. Pakistan. 042-7654342
Vietnam Sa Giang Techno Co., Ltd. 207/4 Nguyen Van Thu St., Dist 1, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam 848-821-6453
Lao PDR 43-47 Lane Xang Road P.O. BOX 2789 VT

SOCIETE LAO IMPORT-EXPORT 21-215043, 21-215110
Vientiane Lao PDR.
Myanmer NO. 216, Bo Aung Gyaw Street,

PEACE MYANMAR ELECTRIC CO., LTD. 951-295426
Botataung 11161, Yangon, Myanmar.
Nepal KHA 2-65, Volt House Dilli Bazar Post Box: 2108,
Watt & Volt House Co., Ltd. 977-1-411330
kathmandu, Nepal
Australia Mitsubishi Electric Australia Pty. Ltd 348 Victoria Road, Rydalmere, N.S.W. 2116, Australia 612-9684, 7586
New Zealand Melco Sales (N.Z.) Ltd. 1 Parliament Street Lower Hutt. New Zealand. 644-569-7350
Colombia Cra 53 No 29C-73 U.I.C.- Medellin.

Proelectrico Representaciones S.A. 574-235-00-28
COLOMBIA.
Chile Vte. Agua Santa 4211 Casilla 30-D (P.O. Box)

RHONA S.A. (32)-611896
Viña Del Mar. Chile
Uruguay Fierro Vignoli S.A. P.O. box 20022/Suc Upae, Montevideo. Uruguay. 598-2-92-08-08
Peru Ingenieros s.a. Paseo de la Republica 3573 (1) 221-2710

I.T.E.
Lima 27. Peru.
Lle 8, Calpon Elinsu,
Venezuela ADESCO C.A. La Urbina-EDO, Miranda P.O. 58-2-241-7634
BOX 78034 Caracas 1074A., Venezuela
Safety Tips : Be sure to read the instruction manual fully before using this product.
HEAD OFFICE: MITSUBISHI DENKI BLDG., MARUNOUCHI, TOKYO 100-8310. TELEX: J24532 CABLE: MELCO TOKYO
Revised publication, effective Sept. 2000.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
Y-0551B 0009 Printed in Japan (ROD) Made from recycled paper

MCCB Brochure

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

MCCB Brochure

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

ADVANCED AND EVER ADVANCING

MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS &

Special Purpose Breakers

Comparison between New and Former Models

Ordering Information 134

As the leading manufacturer of circuit breakers, Mitsubishi

RAPID PROGRESS DEVELOPMENT

Packed with Mitsubishi’s 21st century technology.

Technology continues to evolve toward the 21st century.

Progressive Super Series

Installation Installed on the circuit breaker.

•The measuring VT and CT are installed within the

Applicable models: NF400-SEPM/HEPM, NF630-SEPM/HEPM,

Installed on the panel.

Standardized to five module types ELCB

30/50AF 100AF 160/250AF 400AF 630/800AF

Panel cut-out design unified to include 30~800A frame

Fits all breaker series

•In order to conform to IEC60947-2, •Earth-leakage circuit breakers also

Ics = 100%Icu S"Suitable

Utilization category "B"

Safer and more reliable power

characteristics with Choose from six tripping characteristics

Current setting Ir Switch

current Short-delay NFB

Digital current evaluation circuitry. Load current Short-delay

circuit conversion fuse. Current (A) Current-converted value

Improved protection and safety

Earth-leakage circuit breakers ELCB

Miniature circuit breakers MCB Circuit protectors CP

NF100-SP NF250-SP NF400-SP NF630-SP NF800-SDP NF1000-SS NF1250-SS NF1600-SS

Earth-leakage circuit breaker

NV-C NV30-CS NV50-CP NV60-CP NV100-CP NV225-CP NV400-CP NV630-CP ----

NV100-SP NV225-SP NV400-SP NV630-SP

Miniature circuit breaker DIN series

Motor breaker (with earth-leakage) Circuit protectors

MN MN30-CS ---- MN100-SP MN225-SP CP CP-B

MCCBS NF-C Series ( Economy type )

Type NF30-CS NF50-CP NF60-CP NF100-CP NF250-CP

✳ 1. T/A Thermal adjustable.

Frame (A) 400 630 800

✳1. Specify if for DC use.

MCCBS NF-S Series ( Standard type )

Type NF30-SP NF50-HP NF50-HRP NF60-HP NF100-SP NF100-SP T/A✳1

(10) (15) (20) 15,20,30, 15~20,20~25,

✳ 1. T/A Thermal adjustable.

Frame (A) 100 160

✳ 1. T/A Thermal adjustable.

MCCBS NF-S Series ( Standard type )

✳ 1. T/A Thermal adjustable.

Frame (A) 400

Rated current In (A) 200~400 200~400 200~400

✳1. Specify if for DC use.

MCCBS NF-S Series ( Standard type )

Rated current In (A) 300~630 300~630 300~630

✳1. Specify if for DC use.

Frame (A) 800

Rated current In (A) 400~800 400~800 400~800

✳1. Specify if for DC use.

MCCBS NF-S Series ( Standard type )

Rated current In (A) 500-600-700- 600-700-800-

✳ 1. Specify if for DC use.